Mechanick Dialling; 
 
 OR, THE 
 
 New ART ofS HA DOWS, 
 
 FREED FROM THE MANY 
 
 Obscurities, Superfluities and Errors of 
 former Writers upon this Subjedt. 
 
 The Whole laid down after fo plain a Method that any Perfon 
 
 (tho* a Stranger to the An) 
 
 With a Pair of Compasses and Common Ruler only. 
 
 May make a Dial upon any Plane for any Place in the World, 
 as well asthofewho have attained to the greatell Knowledge 
 and Perfection in the Mathematics. 
 
 Illuftrated with many Coppe’r Plates, 
 
 AND 
 
 ^Examples of Dials for London, Exeter, Briftol, Worcefter, Oxford, 
 Cambridge, Norwich, Lincoln, Cheiler, Liverpool* York, Nevv» 
 caftle upon Tyne, Durham, Edinburgh, Dublin, &c, 
 
 TO WHICH ARE ADDED, 
 
 (T. A Collection of above 300 Mottos in Latin andEngliftn 
 
 2. A new and correct Alphabetical Table of the mo ft eminent 
 Cities and Towns in the World; {hewing the Elevation of 
 the Pole, and the Difference of their Meridians from London. 
 
 3. Thebeft and rnoft approved Methods of PaintingSunDials. 
 
 .i A Work not only ufeful for Artifi.cers,but very entertaining for Gentlemen, 
 and thofeStudentsat theUniverfides, that would underftand Dialling, 
 without the Fatigue of going through a Courfe of Mathematics. 
 
 ^ New Edition : not only very much improved by the Addition of 
 the New Star-Dial, £sV. but is the only Book upon the Subj.eft 
 that has been adapted to the New Stile. 
 
 By Mr. CHARLES LEADBETTER. 
 
 Printed 
 
 L O N D O N: 
 
 for G* PE ARCHj at No. i2 ? in Cheapfide. 1769. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 PEEING the Buflnefs of Dialling , if Mecha- 
 ^ nically conjidered, is ofitfelf a Thing fo natural 
 and eafy, one would wonder , after fo much learned 
 Bujlle as the Mathematicians have made about it, 
 that they floould have more perplexed and obfcured 
 than promoted the Knowledge of that ufeful and en- 
 tertaining Art amongst the Generality of Mankind. 
 
 The different Ways, in which theje Gentlemen, 
 have hitherto choje the World fhould fee that ufeful 
 Subject handled, would certainly have been right 
 and proper , and liable to no Exception, if all Men 
 were Mathematicians : But how few are fuch f 
 And therefore their having treated of Dialling in 
 a Geometrical, Inffrumental or Arithmetical Me- 
 thod, I am Jure cannot pojjibly be of any Ufe or Sig- 
 nification to fuch as know nothing at all of thofe Sci- 
 ences, or the Dodtrine of the Sphere. 
 
 Certainly, there are two very different Ends of 
 writing Books, which treat of any Art or Science 
 the one is to advance the Art or Science itfelf, and 
 the other to inffrudl Learners. 
 
 Now, with refpedt to the Former, the Extent 
 and Capacioufheis of the Subject is chiefly to be re- 
 garded', and nothing is to be omitted which pro- 
 perly falls within the Compafs of the Art or Sci- 
 ence treated of-, but wit h ^rejpedt to the latter, the 
 Capacities of the Learners are principally to be con- 
 jidered, and Notice is to be taken, not of whatever 
 may be known or done by the Art or Science treated 
 
 A z of 
 
iv PR E FACE. 
 
 of, but only of what is moll ufeful, and withal 
 nioft eafy to be known. 
 
 The mod proper and rational Method, therefore, 
 to make any one Majler of any Art or Science, is 
 to intr oduce it to him after the moft plain, familiar 
 and natural Method, and to teach him at fir ft only 
 fo much of the Art as is really ufeful in common, 
 JL>i lo., and withal mojl eajy to be underjlood ; and 
 when he has gone through, and is become Mafter 
 of what is mojl ufeful and eaiy, he will be enabled 
 with more Eaje to conquer the more difficult Parts 
 oj. it, and to purfue the Study of it after a more 
 lea ned Maimer, if his own Inclinations qr Pro- 
 feffi on Jhall incline him fo to do. 
 
 Upon, thefe Corfi derations, and with this View it ( 
 was that I drew up this Treat if e of Meehan ick 
 Dialling, becauj'e of all thofe who have hitherto 
 treated upon this Subject in the Englifh Tongue 
 for the Inftrudtion of Learners, not one of them 
 jeems to me to have thoroughly confidered what I 
 have now premijed. 
 
 By the Method I have obferved in this Treatlfe , 
 the Length and Drynefs oj" the Study of Dialling 
 (which has dijeouraged many ) is quite removed ; 
 and it is mow rendered not only very ufeful, but 
 perfectly eafy and entertaining : And I think with- 
 out Vanity I may venture to affirm, - that by the 
 Help of this Book only, the Learner may obtain a 
 competent Knowledge in Dialling, in much lefs 
 Time, and with much lefs Trouble, than he can 
 by the Ajfifiance of any other, or indeed ail the 
 TreatiJ'es which have yet appeared in Englifh upon 
 this Subject : where he will either find the eafy 
 and ufeful, and the difficult and ufelefs Elements of 
 this Art propiifcupufly w/injudicioufly exhibited 
 
PREFACE. v 
 
 and taught together or elfe the SubjeCi treated of 
 after fuch a Manner as can never he comprehended 
 by any one that does not underfland fome of the 
 abftrufeft Branches of the Mathematics/* But 
 
 It is high Time that I floould now proceed to give 
 the Reader the Particulars of what he may expert 
 to meet with in the following Treatife. 
 
 In the firft Place, he is made Majler of thofe 
 few Geometrical Problems, which may be of Se r- 
 vice to him in Mechanick Dialling. 
 
 Secondly, I have taught him not only the Ufe ... 
 of the Quadrant and Trigon, but alfo how to make 
 thofe univerfal Injlruments , which for their Sim-; 
 plicity, and the great Ufe they are of in Dialling 
 are never enough to be valued. 1 have likewife. 
 taught him not only the Ufe of but alfo how to 
 make Dialling Scales, and this is not to be met with 
 in any other Treatife extant upon this, Subject. 
 
 Thirdly, I have given him fuch plain and ample 
 Directions, that it will, be impojfble for him to 
 tnifcarry in making of a Dial for any Place in. the 
 World, whether the Dial be Equinoctial, Hori- 
 zontal, EreCt, Declining, Reclining or Inclining. 
 
 Fourthly, to thefe I have added plain and eafy 
 Directions for making of RefleCtive, Refractive and 
 Globe Dials. 
 
 I have likewife taught the Reader how. to make 
 a Crofs Dial, and in this, on account of its Novelty, 
 
 I have been very full and particular , not only m 
 fhewing him after what Manner it mujl be made, 
 but in having the feveral neceffary Views or Po- 
 ftions of it engraved on Copper. I was tempted 1 
 to be thus particular, by reafon I never yet fa%d- 
 
 * Scubas Geome.t 17, Aftronqjny, fcfr* 
 
 a 3 
 
Vi P R E F A C E. 
 
 or heard that there was any other Dial of that 
 Sort m England, befides that which I have menti- 
 oned m this Treatife. And I have alfo in this new 
 Edition given a Copper- plate of, as well as Direc- 
 tions for making the new invented Star-Dial. 
 
 Filthly, I have furnifhed the Pleader with the 
 following very ufefui and accurate Tables, all adapted 
 to the new Stile. 
 
 1. A Table of the Sun’s Declination, exabily cal- 
 culated for the Tear 1764, and which (for the Ufe 
 of Dialling) will ferve for this Age without any 
 fenfible Error. 
 
 2. An exact Table of the Equation of Tim tfor 
 the Regulating c/’ Clocks and Watches by a Sun 
 Dial. 
 
 3. A Table for the converting of Flours and 
 Minutes of Time into Degrees and Minutes of the 
 Equinoctial, and e contra. 
 
 4. A Table for drawing the Hour Lines upon all 
 Horizontal, &c. Dials, from the Equinoctial to the 
 Poles, 
 
 5. A Table of the Three Requifites in Dialling , 
 foewing the Subtile’s Diffcance from the 1 2 a-clock 
 Hour Line; the Stile’s Height; and the Inclination 
 of Meridians anfwering to the feveral Degrees of 
 the Declination of your Plane. 
 
 6. A Table foewing the Sun’s Altitude for every 
 Flour and Quarter of the Day, at his Entrance into 
 the 12 Signs of the Zodiack. 
 
 Sixthly, I have given a plain and familiar De- 
 fcription of the Sphere, for the Sake of fuch as are 
 inclined to have a true Notion ofjuch Circles in the 
 Heavens, as are frequently mentioned in this and 
 other Books of Dialling. 
 
 Seventhly, In Chap. XXIII. is a Collebhon of 
 
 Mottos 
 
PREFACE. vii 
 
 Mottos for Dials in Latin and Englifh, fuitable 
 to almofi all Places where Dials may be fixed. 
 
 Eighthly, That nothing may be wanting to ren- 
 der this Work compleat , I have added a new and 
 corredt Alphabetical Table of the mofi eminent Ci- 
 ties, Towns, &c. in the whole Worlds J, hewing at 
 each Place the Elevation of the Pole and Difference 
 of their Meridian from London, and this Table may 
 be depended upon to be the belt that is extant, be- 
 caufe I have fpared neither Time nor Pains to cor - 
 reSl as many as I could from celeftial Obfervations. 
 
 Ninthly, In Chap. XXVI. 1 have been very full 
 and particidar concerning the Manner of making 
 and painting of Dili Planes, and alfo concerning the 
 preparing the different Colours and Oils proper for 
 that Purpofe and in this 1 hope to merit the Ap- ' 
 probation of thofe who live in the Country , and 
 cannot upon all Occafions have the Affiance of a 
 profefied Painter. 
 
 And I have alfo added Chap. XXVII. concern - 
 ing Painting Houfes,&c. being thoroughly convinced 
 that all thofe Country Gentlemen, and others, who 
 are inclined to be good Huibands, will think it very 
 well worth their Perufal. 
 
 Laftly, Though it may appear a little foreign to 
 my prefent Purpofe , yet for the Entertainment of 
 the curious , I have fhewn (in Chap. XXV.) how 
 naturally the two Hands of a Watch or Clock 
 reprefent /^Motions of the Sun dWMoon. 
 
 And now wfhing my Reader as much Benefit 
 from the Perufal of this Treat if e , as I have had 
 Pleafure in compofing of it y I remain his faithful 
 friend whilfi 
 
 CHARLES LEADBETTBR. 
 
Viii 
 
 CONTENTS. 
 
 Page 
 
 CHAP. 'Things neceffary to be known by 
 
 I. the Mechanick Dial- Maker - i 
 
 Viz. T o divide a right Line into two equal Parts 2 
 To raife a Perpendicular on the middle of a right 
 Line -!> 3 
 
 To let /#//zzPerpendicular upon a right Line from 
 a given Point above ------ 
 
 To raife a Perpendicular at the End of aLine given 4 
 To draw Lines parellel to each other - - - 4 
 
 To draw Parellel or Concentric Circles *■ 5 
 
 To find a loft Center ------- 5 
 
 Three Points 720/ zh *2 right Line gzwzz to make 
 a Geometric Square ------ 6 
 
 Sfc 3 make a Line of Chords to any Length or Radius 6 
 To make a Line or Scale of Six Hours 7 
 
 V 0 zzz^ozzLine orScale of Inclination ofMeridjans 7 
 To a Line or Scale of Latitudes - - S 
 
 To make a Quadrant - -- -- -- 8 
 
 To make a Trigon [See alfo Page 92] - - IQ 
 
 CHA P. II. O/’Dialling in general - - 12 
 
 A new and correct Table of the principal Cities 
 and Towns in England, Scotland, Ireland and 
 Wales, J hewing at each Place the Elevation 
 of the Pole, and Difference of their Meridian 
 f rom London : which has been compared with 
 Mr. Neale’s - -- -- -- - 
 
 £ HAP. III. T 3 make an Equino&ial Dial -15 
 
 chap. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 ix 
 Page 
 
 CHAP. IV. To make an Horizontal Dial - 18 
 
 CHAP. V. T 7 make an ereff diredl South Dial 20 
 
 CHAP, VI. To make an ereSl diredlYk orth Dial 23 
 
 CHAP, VII. To make an erekl direSl Eaft Dial 2 5 
 
 CH A P. VIII. To make an erect direkl W eft Dial 27 
 
 CHAP. IX. To make a Polar Dial - - - 28 
 
 CHAP. X. To find the Declination of aWall or 
 Plane whereon to draw or fix a Sun Dial - 30 
 
 CH A P.XI. To make an eredl Declining Dial 3 1 
 
 CHAP. XII. To make a Dial upon a Plane 
 where the Pole has but fimall Elevation - - 36 
 
 C H A P.XIII.To make aDecliningReclmingDial 3 9 
 
 CHAP. XIV. To make an Eaft or Wejl Recliner 44 
 
 CHAP. XV. To make a North or South De- 
 clining Reclining or Inclining Dial - - 49 
 
 CHAP. XVI. To make a Reflective Dial 
 that Jh all give the true Hour ofi the Day where 
 the Sun cannot Jhine - - - - - -52 
 
 CHAP. XVII. T° m ake a Refracted Dial 57 
 
 CHAP. XVIII, To make a Globe Dial - 58 
 
 CH^P. XIX. To make ^ Cross Dial - - 60 
 
 To make the new invented Star Dial - - 63 
 
 To make a Window Dial - - - - - 66 
 
 A Table of the Sun’s Declination - - - 68 
 
 A Table ofi the Equation of Time for Regulating 
 Clocks and Watches by the Sun - - - 72 
 
 ' A Table 
 
X 
 
 C O N T E N T S. 
 
 Pa g e 
 
 A Table for converting Hours and Minutes of 
 Time into Degrees and Minutes of the Equi- 
 noctial, and for turning of Degrees and Mi- 
 nutes of the Equinoctial into Hours and Mi- 
 nutes g/'Time -------- 75 
 
 A Table feewing the Degrees of each Hour 
 Line, from 1 2 a-clock, upon all Horizontal and 
 North, and South Eredi Direct' Reclining and 
 Inclining Dials, from the Equino.Ctial to the 
 Poles ---------- 77 
 
 A Table of the Three Requilites in Dialling, flaw- 
 ing the Subftile’s Diftanc efrom the Meridian; 
 the Stile’s Height ; and the Inclination of Me- 
 ridians ; anfwerable to the fever al Degrees of 
 Dedin avion of your Plane - - - - -82 
 
 A 'iable fhewing the Sun’s Altitude every Hour 
 and Quarter of the Day at his Entrance into 
 the 12 Signs of the Zodiack. - - - - 87 
 
 CHAP. XX. Shewing the Ufe of the Scales in 
 Plate 2. viz. The Tine of Chords ; the Scale 
 ^/’Latitudes ; the Scale of Six Hours, and the 
 Scale ^/’Inclination of Meridians - - -89 
 
 Examples ,f DJals made by the Dialling Scales 89 
 The life of the Trigon [See alfo Page 10] - 92 
 
 CHAP- XXL A Review of the EquinoCtial, 
 and' Direct Eaft and Yd elk Dials - - - 95 
 
 CHAP. XXII. A Defcription of the Sphere 97 
 
 CHAP. XXIII. A CoUedlion of above 300 
 Mottos for Dials in Latin and Englifh iog 
 
 CHAP- 
 
CONTE N T S. xi 
 
 Page, 
 
 CHAP. XXIV, A new and ccrred Alphabe- 
 tical *£ ’able of the mofi eminent Cities, Towns, 
 
 &c, in the World, Jhewing at each Place the 
 Elevation of the Pole, and the Difference of 
 their Meridian from London - - - 1 17 
 
 CHAP. XXV. Concerning the Motion of the 
 two Hands of a Watch or Clock as it repre- 
 fen ts the Motion of the Sun and Moon - 125 
 
 CHAP. XXVI. Of Painting Sun Dials, and 
 of making the Planes or Surfaces upon which 
 they are to be drawn - 128 
 
 CHAP. XXVII. Of the Manner of Painting 
 
 Timber Work, &c. - - --- - - 74,2 
 
 . ‘ , 4 * 
 
 N. B. The DIALS for the following Places are 
 to be found upon the oppolite Pages , 
 
 Cambridge 
 
 aaa 
 
 39 
 
 Newcaffle - - 
 
 h 
 
 Chefter - 
 
 - - 
 
 21 
 
 Ormlkirk - - 
 
 54 
 
 Conftantinople - 
 
 91 
 
 Oxford - - - 
 
 26 
 
 Cronton - 
 
 - ~ 
 
 32 
 
 Port Royal - - 
 
 91 
 
 Durham - 
 
 # - - 
 
 18 
 
 Penzance - - 
 
 90 
 
 Dublin - 
 
 - - 
 
 59 
 
 Shrewlbury - 
 
 43 
 
 Edinburgh 
 
 - - 
 
 49 
 
 St. Thomas Idand 
 
 28 
 
 Exeter - 
 
 
 27 
 
 Worceffer - - 
 
 46 
 
 Liverpool 
 
 - 
 
 3 2 
 
 Warrington 
 
 3 2 
 
 Lincoln - 
 
 - - 
 
 4.0 
 
 Wrexham - - 
 
 42 
 
 London - 
 Norwich - 
 
 36 ® 88 
 
 - - 4 i 
 
 York - « - » 
 
 24 
 
BOOKS printed for and lately publifhed by 
 G. PE ARC H, No. 12, Cheapjide, London. 
 
 T HE ART of PAINTING, by C. A. Du Frefnoy , with 
 Remarks and Obfervations, tranflated into Engtifh, with an 
 original Preface; containing a Parallel between Poetry and Painting, 
 by Mr. Dryden , with an Account of the moil eminent Painters, 
 both ancient and modern. 
 
 By RICHARD GRAHAM, Efq; 
 
 A New Edition: To which are added, an Account of Sir Peter 
 Lely , Sir Godfrey Kneller , Sir James Thornhill, Mr. Hogarth, and above 
 twenty other Moderns, never before inferred. Price bound 3 s. 6 d. 
 
 A TRANSLATION of SC HE RFFER’s TREATISE 
 on the Emendations of Dioptrical Telefcopes. in which Ddlund's 
 Theorem is Synthetically and Analytically demonftrated ; extended 
 to Glaffes of various Kinds, and applied to Microfcopes, To which 
 are added explanatory Notes, and a Description of a Teiefcope to be 
 ttfed at Sea, for difeovering the Longitude there. 
 
 By SAMUEL HARDY, Re&or of Littk-Blaekenham , in 
 
 Suffolk , and Le&urer of Enfield, in Middlefex . Price 1/, 6 d. 
 
 T HE BUILDERS JEWEL, or the YOUTH’s 
 INSTRUCTOR for DRAWING and WORKING, 
 Containing, 1. The five Orders of Colujrtns entire, or any Part of an 
 Order. 2, Block and Cantaliver Cornice, Ruftick Quoins, Qomke& 
 proportioned to Rooms, Angles, Brackets, Igfc. The Whole illus- 
 trated by upwards of Two Hundred Examples engraved on One 
 Hundred Copper-plates. 
 
 By B. and T. L A N G L E Y, 
 
 Tbe Tenth Edition improved. Price 4/. 6i. 
 
 T\ U R A L E L EGA M C E, Difplay’din the Defenptkm of 
 XV fo ur Weftern Counties; Cornwall, Devonjbire, Dorfiifhire, and 
 SomerfetJhire t with additional Remarks, and adorned with a Frontilpfeo? 
 and a new Map of England • Price 31. 
 
Mechanic. k Diallir 
 
 C FI A P. I. "Treats of 'Things necejfary to ha 
 known by the Mechanick Dial- Maker. 
 
 IALLING originally is a mathematical 
 
 Science, attained by the philofophical Contem- 
 plation of the Motion of the Sun, the Motion of. the 
 Shadow , the Confutation of the Sphere , the Situa- 
 tion of Planes, and the Confi deration of Lines. 
 
 Explanation. The Motion of the Sun is re- 
 gular, it moving equal Space in equal Time-, but the 
 Motion of the Shadow irregular in all Parts of the 
 Earth, unlefs under the two Poles, and that more or 
 left, according to the Conftitution of the Sphere,, 
 and Situation of the Plane: And therefore Scientific 
 Dial ills, by the geometric Confideration of Lines, 
 have found out Rules to mark out the irregular 
 Motion of the Shadow in all Latitudes, and on all 
 Planes, to comply with the regular Motion of the Sun . 
 
 But though we may juft ly account Dialling ori- 
 ginally a Science, yet fuch hath been the Generality 
 of many of its ft udious Contemplators, that th ey have 
 communicated their acquired Rules, whereby it is 
 nowbecome, tomanyofthe Ingenious, nomoredif- 
 ficult than an Art, and, by many late Authors, fo 
 intituled ; nay more, by Means of this fmail Traa- 
 tife, it will fcarce be accounted more than a manual 
 Operation-, for though the Authors I have met with 
 feem to prefuppofe their Reader to underftand Geo- 
 metry, and the projecting of the Sphere already, or 
 elfe endeavour in their Works to make him under- 
 ftand them, as if they were abfolute necelTary to 
 
 B 
 
 be 
 
2 Mechanick Dialling. Chap. I. 
 
 be known by every one that would make a Dial, 
 when as inTruth,the contemplative Pains of others 
 aforefaid conlidered, they are not; but, indeed, are 
 only ufeful to thofe that would know the Reafon of 
 Dialling. Thus they not only difcourage young Be- 
 ginners, but alfo difappoint many Getlemen and 
 others, that would willingly either make them 
 themfelves, or fet their Workmen about them, if 
 they knew how to make them. The following 
 Pages I have therefore compofed, for the Help of 
 thofe who underhand neither the ProjeSlion of the 
 Sphere, or geometrical Operations. 
 
 P R O B. I. To divide a right Line given [as A B) 
 into two equal Parts. 
 
 Open your Compares to any Extent more than 
 half the Length of the Line A B; fet oneFoot in 
 A, and defcribe the Arch DC, then, with the fame 
 Extent of the Compares, fet one Foot at B, and 
 ... , defcribe the Arch 
 
 .... D C on the other 
 Side ; where thefe 
 two Arches crofs 
 each other, lay a 
 Ruler, and draw the 
 right Line D C, and 
 it will divide the 
 
 ; A- 
 
 XT> 
 
 m.X 
 
 Cl...-- 
 
 -B 
 
 X C 
 
 right Line given in E, the Middle thereof. Or the 
 fame given right Line may be divided into two equal 
 Parts , by fetting oneFoot of theCompaffes on the 
 End of the Line at A, and there defcribe the dot- 
 ted Circle, and then, with the fame Extent of the 
 Compaffes, draw the other dotted Circle at Bj lafl- 
 ly, draw the right Line F G, and it will divide the 
 given right Line AB in E, as before. Prob. 
 
Chap. I. Mechanick Dialling . 3 
 
 P r o b. II. To erqdt or raife a Perpendicular, on 
 the Middle of a given right Line. 
 
 N. B. One Line is Jaid to be perpendicular to 
 another , when it cuts it at right Angles , that is , 
 makes a true Square . 
 
 On the End of the given 
 Line at A, fet one Foot of the 33 .... H ...-G 
 Compares, and open the other 
 to any Extent, more than half IT ^ 
 the Length of the Line, and 
 defcribe the Arch D E ; with 
 the fame Extent fet one Foot j\_ q J3 
 
 of the Compares at B, and 
 draw the Arch F G; lay a Ruler to C, the Middle 
 of the given Line, and to the Croffing of the two 
 Arches, and draw CH, which will be perpendicu- 
 lar to AB, as was required. 
 
 Prob. III. To let fall a Perpendicular, as © D 
 upon a right Line, from a given. Point above. 
 
 Let the Point above be o, and the given right 
 Line AB; fet one Foot of your Compaffes in q, and 
 extend the other Foot to A, “ @ 
 
 and defcribe the Arch A B ; fet 
 
 one Foot of the Compalies in 
 A, where the Arch cuts the 
 given Line, and draw an Arch 
 at C, with the fame Extent ; 
 then fet one Foot in B, viz., 
 where the Arch cuts the Line, 
 and draw another little Arch at 
 
 N&. 
 
 D 23 
 
 c'y 
 
 Ci lay a Ruler to the given Point q, and to the 
 CroJJing of the two little Arches at C, ana draw 
 the Line qD, fo it will be at right Angles to AB, 
 a$ was required. B 3 Prob. 
 
4 ’ Mechanick Dialling , Chap. L 
 
 Frob. IV. 7c> ereSl a Perpendicular at the End 
 of a given Line . 
 
 Let the given rightLinebeAB,andfrom theEnd 
 B, let it be required to ereSl a Perpendicular, as BE. 
 
 Open your Compares to any con- 
 / venient Diftance, as B C, and 
 , / draw the Arch CD; lay a Ruler 
 
 /g to C and D, and draw the dotted 
 Line CDE, as long as you pleafe j 
 take the Diftance C D in your 
 "" Compaffes, and fet from D to E, 
 B where you may, if you pleafe, 
 ftrike an Arch, and where it cuts the Line CE, 
 which is in E, there lay a Ruler to B, and draw 
 BE, which ftiall be perpendicular to AB, as was 
 required. 
 
 Prob. V. To draw Lines parallel to each other. 
 
 Parallel Lines are thofe that being continued 
 ever fo far will never meet . 
 
 Let the Line given be AB, unto which I would 
 draw a parallel Line. Open your Compaffes to any 
 
 convenient Diftance, and 
 
 **. *' — * "" " ■ 1 * 1 
 
 V \ jD fet one Foot in A, draw 
 
 an Arch at C, and car- 
 A 13 ry this Extent to B, 
 
 v * ® ' then draw the Arch at 
 
 D, lay a Ruler to touch the Arches C and D, and 
 draw the right Line CD, which is parallel to A B, 
 as was required. 
 
 N. B. There is a Ruler fold at the Mathematical 
 Inftrument-Makers, which greatly fupplies the Ufe 
 of this Problem, known by the Name of the Pa- 
 rallel Ruler, which I recommend to all my Readers 
 as very ufeful ? P R o 3 , 
 
 . 13 / 
 
 A 
 
 C /?■ 
 
Ql Chap. L Mechanick Dialling. 
 
 i . 
 
 cif 
 
 fai 
 
 Prob. VI. To draw parallel or concentric Circles . 
 
 The Word concentric fignifies having the fame 
 £ Center, and feveral Circles drawn from the fame 
 Center are faid to be concentric : 
 therefore fet one Foot of your 
 Compafles in C the Center, and 
 open the other Foot to the Dif- 
 tance of your Circle intended, 
 and draw a Circle ; keep the 
 Foot of your Compafles in the 
 fame Center, and open the other 
 to the diftance of another Circle, which draw, and 
 do fo by as many as you intend, as is more clear by 
 
 the Figure. 
 
 
 Pr ob. VII. To find a loft Center, which is the 
 fame as to find a Center that will pafis through any 
 three Points not in a right Line. 
 
 Let the three Points given be AB andC, through 
 which I would draw a Circle. Set one Foot of the 
 Compafles at A, and open them to any Extent more 
 than half the Diftance AB, and draw the Arch EFj 
 carry the fiame Extent of 
 the Compafles, and fet one 
 Foot in B; draw the Arch 
 EGH, with the fame Ex- 
 tent; fet one Foot in C, 
 and draw the Arch HGj 
 lay a Ruler to E F, and 
 draw the Line E D conti- 
 nued at Pleafure ; lay a 
 Ruler to HG, and draw the Line HD, and it will 
 meet with ED, in D the Center of the Circle, from 
 
 B 3 which 
 
6 Mechanick Dialling. Chap. I 
 
 which Center draw a Circle with the Distance DA) 
 and it will pafs through the three given Points 
 ABC, as was required. 
 
 Prob. VIII. Three Points, not in a right Line, 
 given to make a geometric Square. 
 
 Let the three Points given be A B C ; thro’ the 
 Point B draw the Line F I, fet one Foot of tfie 
 Compaffes in the Point A, and draw the Arch F ( G j 
 fet one Foot of the Compares in the Point C, and 
 draw the Arch H I ; fet one Foot of the Compares 
 in H and I Jeverally, and draw the two Arches at L; 
 fet one Foot in F and G fever ally, and draw the 
 two Arches at K; lay a Ruler to L andC, and draw 
 a Line with the Point of your Compares ; lay a 
 
 Ruler to K and A, and 
 
 KX 
 
 B 
 
 AL 
 
 » D 
 
 6 H 
 
 E I 
 
 A 
 
 
 C 
 
 '•* 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 1 sf 
 
 draw another Line 
 with the Point of your 
 Compaffes ; then take 
 DE in your Compaffes, 
 and fet one Foot there- 
 of in D and E feve- 
 rally, and draw the 
 Arches at M and N, 
 and where thofe Arches 
 
 cut that Line drawn with the Point of your Com- 
 pares, that determinates the Length of the Lines 
 DM, and EN, which draw with Ink, and it is done. 
 
 Prob. IX. To make a Line of Chords to any 
 ajfgned Radius or Length. 
 
 Plate 2. Fig. i. 
 
 RADIUS, in Geometry, lignifies half the 
 Diameter of any Circle equal to C £ ; and the 
 Chord of an Arch is like the String of a Bow, 
 
Chap. I. Mechanick Dialling. j 
 
 i. e. it is a Line drawn from any Point in the Cir- 
 cumference of a Circle, to any other Point in the 
 fame Circle, as the Lines B 10, B 20, B 30, B 40, 
 B 50, B 60, B 70, B 80, B 90, are the Chords of 
 
 their refpeftive Arches. 
 
 Fifji, draw the Quadrant BC 90, and divide the 
 Arch into 90 equal Parts, which number with 10, 
 20, 30, &e. to 90 Deg. fet one Foot of yourCom- 
 palfes in B, and draw the Arch 90 A 90, fo Hiall the 
 Line A B be the Chord of 90, to the Radius CB; 
 becaufe all the Chords in the Arch B, 10, 20 and 90, 
 are carried into the ftreight Line AB; fet one Foot 
 of the Compafies again in B, and carry the Degrees 
 in the Arch into the Line A B, and number them 
 with 10, 20, 30, &c. from B to 90 at A, fo fhall 
 you have a Line of Chords , and thus may you make 
 one of what Length you pleafe. 
 
 Prob. X. To draw a Line, or Scale, of fix Hours. 
 Plate 2. Fig. 2. 
 
 With any convenient Opening of the Compafies, 
 draw the Quadrant ABC, divide the Arch into fix 
 equal Parts, and draw the Chord AC 3 lay a Ruler to 
 the Center B, and to every Divifion in the Arch, and 
 it will divide the Chord AC into aScale of fix Hours. 
 See the Figure. 
 
 Prob .XI . To make a Scale of Inclination of Meridians. 
 Plate 2. Fig 3. 
 
 With the fame Radius, or Opening of the Com- 
 pafles, that you drew the Quadrant of the Scale of 
 the fix Hours, draw the Quadrant ABC; divide 
 the Aurch into nine equal Parts, and every one of 
 them into ten, fo will the Quadrant be divided into 
 00 equal Parts, or Degrees $ then draw the Chord 
 
 B 4 AC; 
 
8 Mechanick Dialling. Chap. I. 
 
 AC i lay a Ruler to the Center B, and to every Di- 
 vilion in the Arch, and it will divide the Chord KG 
 into a Scale of Inclination of Meridians, equal to 
 that of the Scale off'x Hours. 
 
 Pros. XII. To make a Line or Scale of Latitudes. 
 
 Plate 2. Fig. 4. 
 
 To proportion this Scale to the other two lafl 
 mentioned, the Scale of Latitudes mull be the Chord 
 of 60 Deg. to the fame Circle, in which the Scale 
 offx Hours is the Chord of 90 Deg. 
 
 In either of the Problems X or XI, fet one Foot 
 of the Corn pa lies in H, and take the nearef Dillance 
 to the Chord AC, with that Extent draw the Semi- 
 circle DIF, and divide the Quadrant DI into 90 
 equal Parts or Degrees, and number them with 10, 
 20, 30, &c to 90 •, then, by Prod. V. or rather 
 with your Parallel Ruler, draw the Lines 10 a, 
 ‘loc, 30?, &c. parallel to D E ; lay a Ruler to D, 
 and to a, c, e, g, i, /, p, and I feverally, and draw 
 Dab, D cd, D ef, Dgh, D ik. Dim, D no, Dpq, 
 and D I, and fetting one Foot of the Compafles in 
 F, carry the Points b, d, f, h, k, m, 0, q, and I, in- 
 to the Line FG, and number it with 10, 20, 30, 
 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, which {hall be a Line of 
 Latitudes to the given Radius. Laftly, carry the 
 Points 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,60, 70, 80, 90, in the 
 Arch D I, into the Line D H, and that {hall be a 
 Line of Chords , anfwering the Line of Latitudes, 
 Inclination of Meridian and Hours. 
 
 Pros. XIII. To make a Quadrant. 
 
 A QJJADRANT is a very ufeful Inftrument 
 in Dialling, and is the fourth Part of a Circle, of 
 anyOpening ofyourCompafles, whateveryou pleafe: 
 
 The 
 
Chap. I. Mechanick Dialling. 9 
 
 The Limb or Arch thereof is divided into 90 equal 
 Parts, called Degrees, and numbered with io, 20, 
 30, &c. to 90/ It has on one Edge two Sights, as 
 
 the annexed Figure. There are two Sorts commonly 
 fold in London, known by the Name of Gunters 
 and Collins’s Quadrants, which have Lines of Hours 
 and Azimuth drawn on the Face, to fhew the Hour 
 of the Day or Night, and the Azimuth of the Sun, 
 at any Time, for the Latitude of London only. 
 
 N.B. If you buy either of thefe Quadrants, and 
 take them far North or South from London, they 
 will thereat of no Service to you in finding theHour 
 and Azimuth, |j but only in taking an Altitude, and 
 other Purpofes in Dialling, as will be fliewn in its 
 proper Place. 
 
 If you procure a good feafonedBoard that will not 
 
 j| Thofe that would draw the Hours and Azimuths on a Quadrant, 
 to any ■particular Latitude, may have Recourfe to my Syjlem of Afro- 
 Vex. I. where they will find full Dirediions for thofe Puipofefc 
 
 warp. 
 
io Mechamck Dialling. Chap. I, 
 
 warp* and thereon pafle a Sheet of good Paper, and 
 draw fuch a §>g adrant as above reprefented, and fix 
 thereto a 'Thread and Plummet^ it will ferve your 
 Purpofe well enough. 
 
 Prob. XIV. To make a Trigcn. 
 
 The TRlGON is likewtfe a very ufeful Inftru- 
 mentinDialling,andmaybemade uponathinBoard, 
 orSheetof goodPafte-board,as is theFigure ABse#, 
 
 of any convenient Size you pleafe. At right Angles 
 to AB, draw CD which Brail reprefent the Equi- 
 nottial j with the Chord of 60 Degrees, draw the 
 Semicircle ADBj take in your Compares from the 
 Line of Chords (Plate 2. Fig. 1.) 11 Deg. 30 Min . 
 
Chap. I. Mechanick Dialling. 5 s 
 
 (for fuch is the Sun’s Declination when he enters » 
 1% North, and n x South) and fet one Foot in the 
 Point D, that is, where the Equinobfial CDv cuts 
 the 1 Semicircle, and turn the other Point each Way 
 upon the Arch, there make Marks, and draw C««e, 
 and C 1T IK : Thefe two lines (hall reprefent the Suns 
 Declinationm the frigon, vch.cn he enters thofe Signs. 
 Take 20 Deg. 1 1 Min. from your Line of Chords , 
 (Plate 2. Fig. 1 .) and fet it from D, each Way upon 
 the Arch , and thro’ thofe Points draw C nsi, and 
 C/;r, thefe two Lines in the Trigon fhall reprefent 
 the Sun’s Declination North and South, when he 
 enters thofe Signs. * 
 
 Laftly, take 23 Deg. 29 Min. from your Chords , 
 and fet it from D each Way upon the Arch, and draw 
 the two Tropicks of Cancer and Capricorn. At the 
 End of thofe Lines, clofe by the Signs (where you 
 fee the Dots) you mull make fmall Holes, through 
 which to put a Thread; and thus is your Trigonfi- 
 nifhed, and fitted for the inferting of the Parellels 
 of the twelve Signs , into all Sorts of Sun-Dials, 
 either direbl or reclining f But if you would put in 
 other Parellels of Declination, fuch as when the 
 Days are juft 8,9, 10, 1 1, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 Hours 
 long, then you rnuft infert into your frigon fuchDe- 
 grees of Declination as the Sun hath, when the Days 
 are fo many Hours long, as you would defcribe 
 upon your Dial ; and fo in the Latitude of London , 
 
 * The Sun’s Declination is his Dijiance either North or South from 
 the Equinoctial. N . B. It is North from the 7,1ft of March to the 32(1 
 of September > agj} the reft of the Year it is South . See Table I, 
 
 f The Parallels of the 12 Signs are the Sun’s Declination that Da,y 
 that he enters any Sign ; as for Example, Taurus 1 1 Deg. 30 Min. as 
 yo* find it in Table I. 
 
 When 
 
12 Mechanick Dialling, Chap. XL 
 
 Deg. Min . 
 
 When f 8^ p i6'| Hours p 21 40') 
 
 the J 9 t or J ^5 l Jong, i 16 55! Of 
 
 Day is | 10 | j 14 j the fun y 1 1 37 j Declination, 
 
 either L11J li3Jhath l 5 53 J 
 
 AT. 5 . By the 25 th Prop. of my Syjlem of Agro- 
 nomy, Page 146, you may find thefe Declinations 
 for any other latitude. 
 
 CHAP. II. Of Dialling in General, 
 
 jP\ X A L LI N G is a very curious and ufeful Art, 
 and teacheth us how to draw Hour-Lines up- 
 on all Sorts of Surfaces or Planes, for any Place in 
 the World, and thereby to know the apparent 
 Hour of the Day, by the Shadow of a Stile* fixed 
 on the Plane parellel to the Earth's Axis, which Stile 
 can have no more than three Pofitions, viz. Per- 
 pendicular, Oblique, or Parellel, which fhall be 
 ihewn in their proper Places. -I" 
 
 A Dial-Plane is that Flat on which a Dial is 
 intended to be proje&ed. 
 
 The Dial-Planes, on which Hour -Lines are 
 drawn, are thefe following : 
 
 * The Stile in Dialling iignifies the Pin or Cock of a Dial, the 
 Shadow of which points out the Hour. 
 
 f The whole Buiinefs of Dialling may be reduced to three general 
 Heads; the firjl cenfifts in finding the Place of the Subfile, or where 
 the Stile is to be placed; the fecond in drawing the Hour-Lines', and 
 the third , and laft, if the Dial-Plane be moveable , in duly placing and 
 fixing the fame, after the Dial is drawn thereon; or elfe, if the 
 Plane, whereon the Dial is to be drawn, be unmoveable 9 and already 
 fixed, in finding the Pofition or Situation of the faid Plane, viz • whe- 
 ther it be a dir? ft or declining Plane, and if the latter, how far it declines . 
 
 The 
 
Chap. II. Mechanick Dialling. 13 
 
 The Horizontal 1 
 
 The North and South eredt diredt 
 
 The eredt Decliner J n . . 
 
 The Reclining Inclining v p . ia “ 
 
 The Reclining Declining ‘ cin "“ 
 
 The Convex 
 The Concave 
 
 The Equinodlial Dial-Plane is that which is pa- 
 rellel to the Plane of the Earth's Equator , and is 
 univerfab, for Hour Lines drawn thereon, will {hew 
 the apparent Time of the Day in any Place of the 
 World; and becaufe this is the Ground and Founda- 
 tion of all other Dials, therefore I {hall begin Jirjl 
 with it, and, in the Courfe of this Work, {hall {hew 
 how naturally the Hour Lines , upon all Sorts of 
 Dial-Planes, are deduced from iheEquinoSlialDiali 
 blit Ihall ftrft furniih you with the following Table. 
 
 A new corredt alphabetical Table of the principal 
 Cities and Towns in England, Scotland, 
 Ireland, and Wales, % Jhewing at each Place the 
 Elevation of the Pole, and Difference of their 
 Meridians frotn London. 
 
 The Elevation of the Pole fignifies the fame 
 as the Latitude of the Place ; and the Difference 
 of Meridians , the fame as the Longitude of the 
 Place. 
 
 * N. B. There is a Table of the moll eminent Cities and Towns 
 Itt the Worid, in Chapter XXIV. r.ear the latter End of this Work. 
 
 Note. 
 
 England. 
 
34 A new ’Table of the 
 
 Latit . Diff.Merid. 
 
 England • 
 
 D. M. 
 
 H, 
 
 . M. 
 
 
 W% AT H 
 
 51 25N 
 
 0 
 
 8 W 
 
 Nottingham 
 
 fj Bedford 
 
 52 6N 
 
 0 
 
 2 W 
 
 Ormfkirk 
 
 Berwick 
 
 55 4;N 
 
 0 
 
 7 W 
 
 Orfmdnefs 
 
 Briftol 
 
 51 26N 
 
 0 
 
 II w 
 
 Oxford 
 
 Buckingham 
 
 51 57N 
 
 0 
 
 4W 
 
 Penzance, Corn- 
 
 Cambridge 
 
 52 12 N 
 
 0 
 
 oW 
 
 wall 
 
 Canterbury 
 
 51 16N 
 
 0 
 
 5 « 
 
 Peterborough 
 
 Carlile 
 
 54 4 8N 
 
 0 
 
 10 w 
 
 Portfmouth 
 
 Cheiler 
 
 53 10N 
 
 0 
 
 12 W 
 
 Pterion, Lanca- 
 
 Chichefter 
 
 50 52N 
 
 0 
 
 3W 
 
 fliire 
 
 Colchefler 
 
 51 57N 
 
 0 
 
 4 E 
 
 Richmond, in 
 
 Coventry 
 
 52 26N 
 
 0 
 
 6W 
 
 Yorkfhire 
 
 Cron ton in 
 
 
 
 
 Rochefter, Kent 
 
 Lancaihire 
 
 53 2zN 
 
 0 
 
 12W 
 
 Salifbury 
 
 Derby 
 
 52 58N 
 
 0 
 
 6W 
 
 Shrewsbury 
 
 Dorchefler 
 
 50 43N 
 
 0 
 
 11 W 
 
 Southampton 
 
 Dover 
 
 S 1 S N 
 
 0 
 
 5 & 
 
 Stafford 
 
 Durham 
 
 54 47N 
 
 0 
 
 5 W 
 
 Stamford, Lin- 
 
 Exeter 
 
 50 49 N 
 
 0 
 
 14W 
 
 colnfhire 
 
 Fiamfcorough 
 
 54 9 n 
 
 0 
 
 1 E 
 
 Truro 
 
 Falmouth in 
 
 
 
 
 Wigan 
 
 Cornwall 
 
 50 9N 
 
 0 
 
 22W 
 
 Weymouth 
 
 Gloucefler 
 
 51 siN 
 
 0 
 
 9W 
 
 Warrington 
 
 Guildford 
 
 51 isN 
 
 0 
 
 3 W 
 
 Warwick 
 
 Harborough 
 
 
 
 
 Wells, Somerfet 
 
 Leicefterfhire 
 
 52 27N 
 
 0 
 
 5 w 
 
 Winchelfea 
 
 Hereford 
 
 52 4N 
 
 0 
 
 11W. 
 
 Winchefter, in 
 
 Hertford 
 
 51 48N 
 
 0 
 
 oW 
 
 Hants 
 
 Hull 
 
 53 46N 
 
 0 
 
 lW 
 
 Wolverhamp- 
 
 Huntingdon 
 
 52 i 3 N 
 
 0 
 
 iW 
 
 ton 
 
 Ipfwich .5 
 
 SN 
 
 o 
 
 S E 
 
 Woodcock 
 
 Kendall 
 
 54 * 3 N 
 
 0 
 
 1 1 w 
 
 Worcefter 
 
 Lancafter 
 
 54 
 
 0 
 
 11W 
 
 Yarmouth, Nor- 
 
 Leicefler 
 
 52 37N 
 
 0 
 
 cW 
 
 folk 
 
 Lincoln 
 
 53 13N 
 
 © 
 
 2W 
 
 York 
 
 London* 
 
 51 32N 
 
 0 
 
 oW 
 
 
 Liverpool 
 
 53 25N 
 
 0 
 
 12W 
 
 Wales . 
 
 Litchfield 
 
 5 2 4 2 N 
 
 0 
 
 7W 
 
 JPSAngor, Bi- 
 
 Manchefter 
 
 S 3 28N 
 
 0 
 
 9W 
 
 ftop’ s See 
 
 Newcaftle upon 
 
 
 
 
 Beaumaris 
 
 Tyne 
 
 55 
 
 0 
 
 cW 
 
 Brecknock 
 
 Northampton 
 
 52 12N 
 
 0 
 
 4 W 
 
 Caermarthen 
 
 Norwich 
 
 52 42N 
 
 0 
 
 6 E 
 
 Caernarvan 
 
 Elevat. of the Pole, and 
 
 Latit . Diff. Merid. 
 
 D. M. 
 52 17N 
 >3 3oN 
 52 14N 
 
 5* 45 n 
 
 50 8N 
 
 52 33N 
 
 50 48N 
 
 53 4 zN 
 
 54 20N 
 5 ! 23N 
 
 51 7 N 
 
 52 42N 
 S o S3 N 
 52 4S n 
 
 52 37N 
 50 10N 
 
 53 34N 
 
 50 37 N 
 S 3 24N 
 52 18N 
 
 51 15N 
 
 50 57N 
 
 51 7 N 
 
 5? 38N 
 
 51 50N 
 
 52 13N 
 
 52 44N 
 
 5 3 55 N 
 
 S3 21N 
 S 3 18N 
 S i 54N 
 SI S 3 N 
 53 10N 
 
 M. 
 
 4W 
 
 12W 
 
 6 E 
 5 W 
 
 24W 
 
 1 W 
 5 W 
 
 II w 
 
 6W 
 
 3 E 
 
 §w 
 
 11W 
 
 6W 
 
 9W 
 
 iW 
 
 22 W 
 11W 
 10W 
 10W 
 
 6W 
 
 11W 
 
 3 E 
 
 5W 
 
 9W 
 
 6W 
 
 9W 
 
 7 E 
 4 W* 
 
 © 17W 
 
 o 17W 
 o 14W 
 o 18W 
 o 18W 
 
 * Mr. Norwood, in his Seaman's PraBice, Page 20, makes the La- 
 titude of London 51 D. 30 M. and of York 53 D. 38 M. confequently 
 the Difference of Latitude between them is 2 D, 8 M, 
 
 Cardiff 
 
PiaU 3 
 
Diff. of Merid .for Great-Britain, Ireland, &c 
 
 Latit. Diff.Merid. 
 
 D. M. H. M. 
 
 Latit.Diff. 
 
 d. m. a 
 
 Cardiff 
 
 5 1 
 
 42N’ 
 
 O 
 
 I 3 W 
 
 Dumblain 
 
 56 14N 
 
 Cardigan 
 
 5 Z 
 
 8 N 
 
 O 
 
 19 w 
 
 Dunkeld 
 
 56 3 7N 
 
 Denbigh 
 
 53 
 
 10N 
 
 O 
 
 14W 
 
 Edinburgh 
 
 55 57 n 
 
 Flint 
 
 53 
 
 1 2N 
 
 O 
 
 13 w 
 
 Glafgow 
 
 56 20N 
 
 Harlech,/# Me- 
 
 
 
 
 
 Leith 
 
 54 58N 
 
 rionethfhire 
 
 5 2 
 
 S3 n 
 
 O 
 
 17W 
 
 Orkney 
 
 60 6N 
 
 LandaiF 
 
 5 i 
 
 43 N 
 
 O 
 
 1 3 w 
 
 St. Andrews 
 
 56 19N 
 
 Milford 
 
 5 1 
 
 43 N 
 
 O 
 
 20 W 
 
 Stirling 
 
 56 10N 
 
 Monmouth 
 
 5 l 
 
 5 °N 
 
 O' 
 
 11W 
 
 
 
 'Montgomery 
 
 5 2 
 
 34 n 
 
 O 
 
 , 3 w 
 
 Ireland • 
 
 
 Pembroke 
 
 5 1 
 
 4 ‘ N 
 
 O 
 
 20W 
 
 4 Ntrim 
 
 54 47 n 
 
 Radnor 
 
 52 
 
 2 l N 
 
 O 
 
 12W 
 
 A' Ardglas 
 
 54 19N 
 
 St. Afapb 
 
 53 
 
 I5N 
 
 O 
 
 13W 
 
 Armagh 
 
 54 zzN 
 
 St. David, 3 * 
 
 55 
 
 iN 
 
 0 
 
 21 w 
 
 Bel faff' . 
 
 54 3 6N 
 
 Wei Hi pool 
 
 
 4C*N 
 
 0 
 
 13 V? 
 
 Caterlagh 
 
 52 48N 
 
 Wrexham 
 
 53 
 
 ’ 2N 
 
 0 
 
 13 w 
 
 Clare 
 
 *52 41 K 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cork 
 
 51 45 N 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Colerain 
 
 55 8^ 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 
 
 Drogheda 
 
 53 43N 
 
 1 % - 
 
 53 
 
 2oN 
 
 0 
 
 I8W 
 
 Dublin 
 
 53 »6N 
 
 Guernd 
 
 .19 36N 
 
 0 
 
 11W 
 
 Dundalk 
 
 |54 3N 
 
 Jer'iey 
 
 49 
 
 28N 
 
 0 
 
 14VV 
 
 Galloway 
 
 53 i*N 
 
 Lnqdy 
 
 5 1 
 
 20N 
 
 0 
 
 15W 
 
 Kent 
 
 52 39 n 
 
 Man 
 
 54 
 
 2 5 N 
 
 0 
 
 18W 
 
 Kildare 
 
 53 8N 
 
 Portland 
 
 5 ° 
 
 30N 
 
 0 
 
 11W 
 
 Kinfale 
 
 51 31N 
 
 Wight 
 
 30 
 
 37 N 
 
 0 
 
 6W 
 
 Londonderry 
 
 54 55 ^ 
 
 Yarmouth in 
 
 
 
 
 
 Limerick 
 
 52 36N 
 
 ditto 
 
 50 44N 
 
 0 
 
 7W 
 
 Maryborough 
 
 S 3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Philipitown 
 
 S 3 15N 
 
 Scotland . 
 
 
 
 
 
 Tuam 
 
 53 26N 
 
 h, Berdeen 
 
 
 6N 
 
 0 
 
 7 w 
 
 Waterford 
 
 52 13N 
 
 Danbar 
 
 S 5 57N 
 
 0 
 
 9 W 
 
 Wexford 
 
 52 19N 
 
 Dundee 
 
 56 30N 
 
 0 
 
 I3W 
 
 Youghall 
 
 51 51N 
 
 *1 
 
 Merid. 
 
 M. 
 
 16W 
 
 13W 
 
 12W 
 
 17W 
 
 12W 
 
 14W 
 
 10W 
 
 15W 
 
 26W 
 
 24W 
 
 28W 
 
 27W 
 
 29V/ 
 
 37 W 
 36W 
 
 28 W 
 
 26 w 
 
 26 w 
 27W 
 32W 
 30W 
 29W 
 38VV 
 32W 
 3 IW 
 
 3IW 
 
 32W 
 
 37W 
 
 29W 
 
 27 W 
 33W 
 
 CHAP. III. 7# an Equino&ial* Dial* 
 
 Plate 3. Fig. 1. 
 
 HP HIS Dial, of all others, is the moft fimplc 
 and eafy to be drawn, and is thus made: 
 
 * Equinodlial Dials are ihofe whole Plane or Face lieth parallel £0 
 the Equinoctial 
 
 V Tak« 
 
 
16 Of the Equinoctial Dial. Chap. III. 
 
 Take a flat Plate of Brafs, about a Foot fquare ; 
 or if you cannot eafily procure Brafs, get a Piece 
 of good dried Oak, well planed on both Sides. 
 
 For the Hour Lines. 
 
 Draw with your Compares three -f* concentric 
 Circles thereon, to contain the Figures, which di- 
 vide into 24 equal Parts ; then lay a Ruler to the 
 Center, and draw Lines to thofe equal Divijions in 
 the Circle , and they fhall be the true Hour Lines 
 fought. 
 
 For the Stile. 
 
 Eredt in the Center of the Plate a Pin or Wire 
 perpendicular to the Plane, as A B, and that lhall 
 be the Stile truly fitted to the Dial. 
 
 You mull obferve, that 15 Deg. || in the Equi- 
 noctial is one Hour in Time , as you may fee more 
 at large by Table III. and therefore, if you take 15 
 Deg. from your Line of Chords , and fet it off from 
 the 12 a-Clock Line each Way , that will give you 
 the Hours of 1 1 and 1, and 30 Deg. will give you 
 the Hours of 10 and 2, &c. and thus the whole 
 equinodiial Circle will be divided into 24 equal 
 Parts or Hours , as above. 
 
 But becaufe this Dial, when thus drawn on one 
 Surface or Side of the Plane, will ferve only for one 
 Half of the Year, viz. while the Sun is on one Side 
 of the TLquinodlial, to wit, from the 22d of March 
 to the 2 ill of September ; and therefore to make it 
 
 f See Problem VI. Page 5. 
 
 | Thioughout this Book you will find continual Mention made of; 
 "Degrees and Minutes , therefore you are to remember, that a Degree is 
 the 360th Part of any Circle; each of which Degrees is fuppofed to be 
 divided into 60 Minutes ; fo that 45 Minutes is three Quarters of a 
 Degree, 30 Minutes Half a Degree, and 15 Minutes a Quarter of a, 
 pegree, &c. See Table III. 
 
Chap. I’ll. Of the Equinoctial Dial. 
 
 ferve for the whole Tear , it mult be doubly drawn, 
 4 . e. on the lower , as well as on the upper Side or 
 Surface of the Plane, and then the Wire, which 
 ferves for the Stile , mu ft go through the Center , 
 and mult extend itfelf 6 or 8 Inches more or lefs 
 beyond the Surface of the Plane, and ltand at 
 right Angles therewith ; and then that Dial is 
 fnijhed. How naturally the Hour Lines of all Dials 
 are drawn from the Equinoctial Dial is fhewn in 
 Chapter XXI. 
 
 To Jet this Dial truly. 
 
 You mult raife the Wire, which represents the 
 Stile, to the Latitude of your Place, by applying 
 that Edge of your Quadrant, in which the Sights 
 are fixed, to the Stile, and when the Thread cuts 
 the Limb in the Degrees of the Latitude of your 
 Place , then doth the Stile point to the Poles of 
 the World, and the Dial itfelf lieth parallel to the 
 EquinoSiial Circle in the Heavens. But lfill here 
 wants a true 12 a-clock Hour Line , which muft 
 be found as I lhall lhew in the next Chapter, 
 and then placing the Dial, fo that at 1 2 a-clock 
 the Shadow of the Stile may fall in the 12 a-clock 
 Hour Line, that you find by tire Directions fol- 
 lowing : and thus will your Dial be truly pl.ced, 
 which you may fallen by fixing two Pieces of 
 Iron at each End of your 12 a-clock Hour Line 
 upon your Dial Poft, and in thofe put the Stile of 
 the Dial to the Height , which was found before 
 by the Help of your Quadrant. 
 
 c it A P. 
 
 c 
 
iS Of the Horizontal Dial. Chap. IV. 
 
 CHAP. IV. Ttf make an Horizontal * Dial, 
 
 Plate 3, Fig. 2. 
 
 nPHIS is themoftzz/?/&/Dialofallothers,becaufe 
 the Sun ftayeth upon itfrom his Kifng to his Set- 
 ting, in all T laces, of theWorld,wherefoever you be. 
 It matters not what Form the Plane, on which 
 you would draw an Horizontal Dial, is, whither it 
 be round, fquare , or triangular, but they are gene- 
 rally drawn round, as on Plate 3. Fig. 2. in which, 
 when you have drawn three concentric Circles , as 
 a Margin to contain theFigures, draw the LineCA, 
 which fliall reprefent the 1 2 a-clock Line, and alfo 
 the fubjlilar Line, in which make choice of a 
 Point, as at C, a little above the Center (for by that 
 Means you will inlarge the Diftances of the Hour 
 Lines ) and through it draw the Line VI. C. VI. 
 for the 6 a-clock Hour Line. In the fubjlilar Line, f- 
 as at E, make choice of another Point and through 
 that, at right Angles to the 1 2 a-clock Line , draw 
 the Line DEF; having proceeded thus far, let it be 
 required to make an Horizontal Dial to the Lati- 
 tude of Durham, which is 54 Deg. 47 Min. North ; 
 open your Compares to the Chord of 60 Deg. fet 
 one Foot in C, draw the Arch AB, and take the 
 Chord of 54 Deg. 47 Min, and fet it from A to B, 
 and draw the Line CB for the Stile, fo is ACB the 
 
 * Horizontal Dials are thofe whofe Plane or Face lies parallel 0 
 Horizon- of the Place. 
 
 + The fubjlilar Line in Dialling is that Line drawn upon the Plane 
 or Face of the Dial, over which the Stile ft ands perpendicular , or at right 
 '^Angles, Note , This is not the 12 a-clock Line in all Dials, cho’ it is in 
 Oie Horizontal, and &r*tb apd North Erf If Dirfft Dials. 
 
 true 
 
CHAP. IV. Of the Horizontal Dial, 2^ 
 
 true Form and Shape of your Dial Cock or St He % 
 let one Foot of your Compares in E, that is, where 
 the Line DEF cuts the 1 2 a-fiock Line, and take 
 the neareft Distance to the Li or Stile's Height, 
 turn that Point of your, ConyfISes about, and make 
 another Mark in the 12 d- clock Line at H i this 
 Point H reprefents the Center of the Equinodtial. 
 On H, as a Center, draw the Quadrant GE, and 
 divide it into fix equal Parts-, lay a Ruler to H, and 
 to thofe equal Parts in the Arch fever ally, and where 
 the Ruler cuts the LineDEF, the Points are through 
 which the Hour Lines muft pafs ,* then lay a Ruler 
 to the Center at C, and to thole Marks in the Line 
 DEF, and draw the Hour Lines-, let off the Jams 
 Dillances in the Line DEF, from E towards B, and 
 draw the Morning Hours-, thofe before fix in the 
 Morning and after fix : at Night, are drawn by con- 
 tinuing the fame Hour Line beyond the Center C. 
 
 To jet it truly. 
 
 The Dial being thus finilhed, the next Thing is 
 to fet it truly, tor if it be ever fo truly made, and 
 not well fet, it will go wrong: therefore you muft 
 firft fee that your Poll, on which the Dial is to Hand, 
 be truly level every Way, which you may try by 
 your Quadrant, on which draw a Circle as large as 
 the Top of the Poll will bear; in the Center there- 
 of place a Pin exacily upright ; in the Forenoon, 
 when the Sun (hineth, let the End of the Shadow 
 of the Pin touch the Circle, where make a Mark ; 
 let Things Hand thus till Afternoon the fame Day, 
 and then obferve where the Top of the Shadow of 
 the Pin toucheth the fame Circle; there again make 
 a fecond Mark ; then divide the Diftance of thefe 
 
 C 2 two 
 
20 Of the eredl direEt South Dial. Chap.V. 
 
 two Marks into two equal Parts, and from that 
 through the Center draw a Line, which fhall be the 
 1 2 a-clock Hour Line , and fet the 1 2 a-clock Line 
 of your Dial upon this 12 a-clock Line on the Pojl j 
 fo fhall your Dial be truly placed, which may be 
 fattened at your own Difcretion. 
 
 Note, Inttead of the Quadrant GE, you may 
 draw a Semicircle on the Center H, and divide it 
 into 12 equal Parts, and fo Lines drawn from the 
 Center at H will give the Points in the Line DEF, 
 as before. Or, if you apply the Center of the Equi- 
 noElial Dial to the Center at H, the Hour Lines on 
 the EquinoSlial Dial will cut the Line DEF in the 
 Points where the Hour Lines on the Horizontal Dial 
 mull pal's. 
 
 (dT For drawing the Half Hours and Quarters, upon all Sorts of 
 Dials, you are to objerve, that as you divided the Circle, which cpreferted 
 the EquinoBial (into 24 equal Parts) for the Hours, fo you are to divide 
 inch of thofe Faruinto 4 equal Parts more , and thofe will be the Quarters. 
 
 N. B. That in placing of Dials, when mace, excepting the EquinoSlial 
 and Horizontal Dial , you have no Qccafion to regard the Place where they 
 are to be fixed, for the Hour hides being drawn according to the Declination 
 or Reclination of the Place, it gives you the true Situation of the Dial itieif. 
 
 p | , -» 
 
 C H A P. V. fo male an ereEl * direft South 
 
 Dial. 
 
 Plate 4, Fig. 2. 
 
 Hr HIS Dial Plane is no more than an upright 
 W all, which exactly faces the true South Point. 
 
 As 
 
 J * 1. Thofe Planes are faid to be ereB or upright , which fland per pen* 
 jicular to the Horizon of the Place ; and fuch are the Walls of Churches, 
 Houtes or the like, againft which, for the molt Part, Dials are placed, 
 
 2 , Of 
 
Chap. V, Of the ereSl direct South Dial. 2 1 
 
 As the Elevation of the Pole above the Horizon - 
 tal Plane was equal to the Latitude of the Place: 
 fo in this it is the Complement of the Latitude of the 
 Place, or what it wants to make it up 90 Degrees. 
 
 The Sun never days 1 2 Hours upon this Plane, but 
 when in the Equinohfial y becaufe the PZw itfelfli- 
 eth in the prime Vertical, or Eaf and Wefl Azimuth * 
 for, from March 20, to September 23, he doth not 
 come due Eaf till after 6 in the Morning, and is due 
 Wt eft before 6 at N ight : fo that when in the Tropic 
 of S3 he is due Eaft at 7H. 20M. 48 S. and due Weft 
 at 4H. 39M. 12S. confequently his Stay then upon 
 the Plane is only 9 H. 18 M. 24 S. See my Af- 
 tronomy , P.104. 
 
 For the Flour-Lines. 
 
 When you have made choiceof your Plane, draw 
 the. Horizontal Line VI, VI, for the Eaft and Wefl 
 Line, or Hour Line of Six ; from A let fall the 
 C P erpendicular A F, for the 12 a* clock Hour Line ; 
 then with your Compafies take 60 Deg.- from the 
 Line of Chords, and draw the Arch EC VIj take 
 the Complement of the Latitude of your Place, which, 
 in this Example, I’ll fuppofe to be Chefter, whofe 
 Latitude, as you find it in the Table, is 53 Deg. 
 lo Min. North , and fet 36 Deg. 50 Min. its Com- 
 plement, or what it wants to make it up 90 Degree ; 
 from B to C , draw A C for the Height of the Stile. 
 
 2. Of thefe ere ft or upright Planes there are two Sorts, viz. I* ire SI and 
 Declining . 3. Thofe ereflo r upright Planes are laid, lobe dir eft, which di- 
 reSi/y face the Eaft, Weft, North, or South Paints of the Horizon , and thefe 
 are called erect direSi Planes . 4. Thofe ereSl or upright Planes are laid to 
 decline, which do not direSlly face the Eaft, Weft, North, or South Points, 
 but look upon fome other Points lituate betwixt them, viz . S.outh-Enfl 9 
 North-Weft , North- Eaft, &c. and thefe Planes are called upright or ere SI, 
 declining Planes, Hvwjhe Declination is to be found, is taught in. Chap.X. 
 
 C 3 Make 
 
2,2 Of the ersB direct South Dial. Chap. 
 Make choice of any Point, at Pieafure, in the 1 2 
 a-clock Line, as I; through I, at right Angies to 
 the 12 a-clack Line, draw the Line DIE; let one 
 Foot of your Compafles in I, and take the nearejl 
 Diftance to the Height of the Stile AC, and turn 
 that Point of your CompaiTes down to f , and there 
 make a Mark in the 12 a-clock Line , on which 
 Point Fdcfcri be the Semicircle G I K , and divide it in- 
 to s 2 equal 'Parts, for that Semicircle reprefen ts one 
 Half of the EquinoBialy lay a Ruler to F, and to 
 thofe Marks in the Semicircle'] uft now made,and draw 
 Lines from thence to the Line DIE. Laftly, draw 
 Lines from A to thofe Marks in the Line DIE, and they 
 lliall he the true Hour Lines upon your Dial’s Plane. 
 
 For the Quarters. 
 
 The Quarters are drawn in like Manner, by di- 
 viding the Semicircle into 48 equal ‘Parts, C b that 
 one Quarter will be 3 Deg. 45 Min. two Quarters 
 y Deg. 30 Min. and three Quarters will be 1 1 Deg. 
 1 5 Min. as you may fee by Table III. 
 
 Having thus linilhed the Hour Lines, place 1 2 at the 
 End of the Line AF, and if it is a South Dial, as fpeci- 
 fied above, and your Face toward it, you tn uft place the 
 Morning Hours on the left Hand, and the Afternoon 
 Hours on the right , as you fee done in the Figure. 
 
 For the Stile. 
 
 If your Plane be large, it will be bed: to get an 
 iron Rod, about the Phicknefs of your Hour Lines , 
 for the Stile, and be fure to place it exadtly over the 
 12 a-clock Hour Line , and to make an Angle with 
 your Plane equal to the Complement of Latitude, 
 
 which 
 
Chap. VI. Of the eredl diredl North Dial. 23 
 which is done by applying theEdgeofyourQuadrant 
 to it, and fo fix it, when you find it ftands true. 
 
 For the Thicknefs of the Stile. 
 
 SO- Befureyon always mind to make Allowance 
 for the Thicknefs of the Rod which is to be the 
 Stile, and this is to be done when you draw the 
 Semicircle GIH, by having two Centers at F, di- 
 ftan tjufi the 'Thicknefs of the Stile ; otherwife, if 
 this Care be not taken, your Dial will go too Jlow 
 in the Forenoon , and too faf in the Afternoon . 
 
 CHAP. VI. To make an ereSl direEi North 
 
 Dial \ 
 
 Plate 4. Fig. 1. 
 
 f | 1 HIS Dial Plane is no more than an up- 
 ^ right Wall that exadtly faces the true North 
 Point. This Dial is of no Ufe from September the 
 2 2d to March the 21ft, that is, while the Sun is 
 in the fix Southern Signs,* to us who inhabit the 
 Northern Hemifphere, becaufe it only Ihews the 
 Time from Sun rifing to fix in the Morning , and 
 in the Afternoon, from fix till Sun fitting', for this 
 Dial, and the South Dial, make up the Horizontal 
 Dial, i. e. takes in all the Hours of the longefi Day, 
 and as the Stile of the South Dial points down - 
 
 The Six Northern Signs are, * The Six Southern Signs are. 
 
 juries 
 
 
 Cancer 
 
 25 
 
 L'bra 
 
 
 Capricorn 
 
 y? 
 
 Taurus 
 
 a 
 
 Leo 
 
 SI 
 
 Scorpio 
 
 
 Aquarius 
 
 
 Gemini 
 
 n 
 
 Virgo 
 
 m 
 
 Sagittary 
 
 
 Pi/ces 
 
 K 
 
 C 4 wards , 
 
24 OftheereSl direct North Dial. Chap. VI. 
 
 wards , fo of the North the Stile points upwards , 
 and makes an Angle with the Plane equal to the 
 Complement of the Latitude of the Place, /.<?. what 
 the Latitude of the Place wants tomakeup 90- Deg. 
 
 The making of this is the very fame as the South 
 Dial-, for having made choice of your Plane, draw 
 the Horizontal Line 6, A 6 , for the Ea)l and Wejl 
 Line-, about the Middle, at A* eredt the Perpendicu- 
 lar AB, which fhall reprefent the 12 a-clock Hour 
 (though the Figure 12 needsnot be put to it.) 
 
 For the Stile’s Height. 
 
 On the Point A, with the Chord of 60 Deg, 
 draw the Arch CD; take from your Chords the. 
 Complement of the Latitude of your Place, as fup- 
 pofe Fork 36 Deg. 5 Min. and fet it from C to D* 
 then draw AD for the Stile's Height 
 
 For the Hour Lines. 
 
 Make choice of any Point convenient for your 
 Purpofe, in the 12 a-clock Line AB, as the Point 
 E, through which, bright Angles to the 12 a-clock 
 Line , draw the Line FEG; fet one Foot of your 
 Compaffes in E, and take the nearefl Diftance to 
 the Stile's Height AD ; fet that Di/lance from E 
 to B, fo fhall the Point B be the Center of the 
 EquinoSlial", on B, with the Di/lance BE, draw 
 the Semicircle HE I, and divide it into 12 equal 
 Parts lay a Ruler to the Center B, and to thofe 
 Marks in the Semicircle , and where the Ruler cuts 
 the Line FEG, are the Places where the Hour Lines 
 muftpafs, which muft be drawn from the Center A. 
 On 
 
Chap.VII. Of the ereSt direSl Eaft Dial. 25 
 
 On this Dial there is not any Occafion of drawing 
 any more Hour Lines than 4 and 5 in the Morning , 
 
 and 7 and 8 at Night. 
 
 Over the 12 a-clock Line AB, at right Angles , 
 fix the Stile, fo that it may make an Angle with the 
 Plane, equal to the Complement of the Latitude of 
 the Place, which you mull try by Help of your 
 Quadrant, as has been before directed in the South 
 Dial', and th us is theNorthDial compleatly finished. 
 
 N. B. The Quarters and Half Hours are drawn 
 as has been taught in Pages 20 and 22. 
 
 QHA P.VIf. To draw an ereB direB Eafl 
 
 Dial. 
 
 Plate 5. Fig. 1. 
 
 HIS Dial’s Plane lieth in the Plane of the 
 
 Meridian of the Place, i. e. is no more than 
 an upright Wall, that exa&ly faces the true Eajd 
 Point. The Hour Lines are all parallel to each- 
 other, and to the Axis of the World, and confe- 
 quently have no Centers-, the Sun comes on it at his 
 Rifng, and continues thereon till near Noon. 
 
 The fix a-clock Hour Line is the Subfilar Line, 
 over which the Stile is fixed at right Angles, and 
 may be either a thin Plate of Iron, or a perpendi- 
 cular Wire, &c. whofe Height muff be equal to the 
 nine a-clock Hour Line in thisDial, and to the three 
 a-clock Hour Line in the Weft Dial. 
 
 For the Stile 
 
 Having 
 
26 Of the ereB direct Eaft Dial. Chap. VII. 
 
 Having then made choice of your Plane, about 
 one third, of the Diftance from the Bottom , draw 
 the Horizontal Line ACH ; in fome convenient 
 Place , as at C, draw a Circle with the Chord of 60 
 Degrees Jure-, then take the Chord of the Latitude 
 of the Place , as fuppofe at Oxford 5 1 Deg. 45 Min. 
 and let from H to P, and draw PCS, which lhallbe 
 the Sub/tilar Line, a ndfx Ho u r Li n e, to which 
 at right Angles , draw CD for the Equinoctial. 
 
 Next draw the Line AS B, parallel to the Equi- 
 noctial, and divide the Quadrant SD into fx equal 
 Parts ; lay a Ruler to the Center at C, and to thofe 
 equal Parts in the Circle, and it will cut the Line 
 AB in the Points where the Hour Lines muft pafs, 
 through which Points, in the Line ASB, draw the 
 Hour Lines parallel to th z. fix a-clock Hour Line, 
 which are the true Hour Lines from Six till Noon ; 
 the Hours of 4 and 5 in the Morning are the fame 
 Dijlance from 6 on one Side, as 7 and 8 are on the 
 other. 
 
 The Quarters are drawn by fubdividing the Di- 
 vifions in the Circle into four equal Parts, as hat. 
 been above dire died. 
 
 Off x mg the Stile. 
 
 The Hour Lines being thus drawn, fix the Stile 
 at right Angles on the Subfiilar Line, as before di- 
 rected, and your Dial is compleatly finilhed. 
 
 This Dial is univerfal, by placing the Earth’s 
 Axis parallel to the Axis of the World, in what 
 Latitude foever you be. 
 
 N. B. The Earth's Axis, in this Dial, is repre- 
 fented by the fx a-clock Hour Line. See the De- 
 fcription of th z Sphere* See alfo theEnd of Chap .XXI. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Chap. VIII. Of the ereSi direct Wed DM* ij 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 70 draw an ere£i direB Weft 
 
 Dial, 
 
 Plate 5. Fig. 2. 
 
 HP HIS Dial Plane is no more than an upright 
 *• IV all that exadtly faces the true Weft Paint. 
 
 The making of this is the very fame, in all R©- 
 fpedts, as making of the Eaft Dial, only as the 
 Eaft Hour Lines are elevated to the rig 
 fo here they are elevated to the left Hand* 
 
 The Hour of 12 can never come upon 
 the Ea/l or Weft Dial Planes, becaufe at that Hour 
 the Sun being upon the Meridian , the Shadow df 
 the Stile will be parallel to the Plane, and com- 
 fequently can call no Shadow upon it. 
 
 For the Hour Lines and Subftilar Line. 
 
 Then, having your Plane in Readinefs, at about 
 one Third of the Depth of the Plane from the Thjp» 
 draw the Horizontal Line AH, and make choice 
 of a convenient Point therein, as at C, and draw the 
 Circle PHDS; take 50 Deg. 49 Min. from your 
 Line of Chords (that being the Latitude of the City 
 of Exeter J and fet that Diftance juft now takes 
 from your Line of Chords, from H to P; draw PCS 
 for the Subftilar line , and Hour of Six* [2] And, 
 at right Angles thereto, draw CD to represent the 
 Equinoctial, and draw the Line B A to touch the 
 Circle in S, parallel to CD. [3] Divide t he Qua- 
 drant D S into ftx equal Parts , and lay a Ruler to 
 the Center at C, and to each Mark in the Quadrant 
 DS, and it will cut the Line BA in the Points 
 where the Hour Lines are to paft. [4] Through 
 
 thsjt 
 
28 Of the Polar Dial. Chap. IX, 
 
 thofe Marks, in the Line BA, draw 'Lines parallel 
 to thefix a-clock Hour Line, and they fhall be the 
 true Hour Lines upon the Dial. The Hours of 7 
 and 8 in the Evening are the fame Dijlance from 6, 
 that 5 and 4 are on the other Side. 
 
 For the Quarters and Half Hours. 
 
 The Quarters and Half Hours are drawn in both 
 thefe Eajl and Weft Dials, by dividing each fxth 
 Tart of the Quadrant D S i n Xofoit r equal Farts, and 
 carrying them into the Line AB, by laying the Ru- 
 ler to the Center C, and to thofe Parts in the Arch 
 DS, as you were taught in drawing the Hour Lines. 
 
 For fixing the Stile, 
 
 Fix the Stile upon the fix a-clock Hour Line , 
 and at right Angles thereto, which may be a Plate 
 of Copper, Brafsor Iron, as in Plates 5 and 6, whofe 
 Height muft be equal to CD, or the three a-clock 
 Hour Line, and then is your Dial finifhed. 
 
 See alfo the End of Chapter XXI. 
 
 CHAP. IX. To make a Polar Dial. 
 
 Plate 6. 
 
 'T 1 HIS Dial is called by fome Authors an 
 '*• EquinoBial Dial, and by others a Tolar Dial y 
 but, be that as it will, it is plain, that all Places, 
 lying under the EquinoBial have no Latitude, as 
 for Inftance, the "Jfiand of St. Thomas has no Lati- 
 tude , 
 
it F rid out Fating 4 
 
 An Erect l)ired E ( ,//Jjn 
 
 B 
 
 An Erect Ztireet E^tDiA_ 
 
 6 7 8 
 

 ' 
 
 
FlaJe 6 
 
 6 
 
 
 An Equmodtal 
 or Tolar Dial 
 
 8^01 
 
Chap. IX. Of the Polar Dial. 29 
 
 tude, for which this Dial is made, and for that 
 Reafon the Hour Lines cannot have any Center ; 
 and therefore all the Hour Lanes drawn upon thefe 
 Dials will be parallel to each other. 
 
 For the Hour and SubRilar Lines. 
 
 |0» [1] To draw the Hour Lines upon this 
 Plane, fir (l draw AB for the Subjlilar Line and 
 Hour Line of XXL [2] On C, as a Center , with 
 the Chord of 60 Deg. draw the Circle AEBD, 
 and draw the two Lines, V. VII; and 5. 7. 
 divide the Semicircle EBD into 12 equal Farts', 
 lay a Ruler to the Center of the Circle at C, and to 
 each Mark in the Circle , and it will cut the Line 
 V. VII. in the Points where the Hour Lines muft 
 pafs. [3] Through which Points draw Hour Lines 
 parallel to AB, and they lhall be the true Hour 
 Lines that were required. 
 
 For the Stile. 
 
 The Stile may be a broad Plate of Copper, Brafs 
 or Iron , at Pleafure, placed at right Angles over 
 the 12 a- clock Hour Line. 
 
 The Hour Line of fx never falls upon this Dial, 
 becaufe under the Equinoctial the Sun rij'es and 
 Jets at Six the Tear throughout , with very little 
 Variation. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
jo ’Tofind the Declination of a WalL Chap. X. 
 
 CHAP. X. *Tofind the Declination * of a 
 Wall or Plane whereon to draw a Sun- Dial. 
 
 Plate 7. Fig. 9. 
 
 A Defcription of the Inftrument. 
 
 [ijpROCURE an oaken Board (which at 
 London they call Wainfcot) about a Foot 
 iquare, more or lefs, it matters not; take ABCD, 
 about an Inch thick* well planed on both Sides, 
 and thereon pafle a Sheet of good Paper very fmooth, 
 on which draw two or three concentric Circles, it 
 matters not how many, nor at what Diftance they 
 be. [2] In the Center I, let there be an Hole to re- 
 ceive a freight Wire tofcrew up and down at Plea- 
 lure, and to ftand at right Angles to the Board itfelf; 
 draw two Diameters, and mark them with the Letters 
 of the four cardinal Points , Ea/l, Wed, North and 
 South , which Line N S reprefents the Axis of the Wall, 
 i. e. it Hands perpendicular, or at right Angles, to 
 the Wall itfelf and if it doth not decline from the 
 South or North , nor yet to the Eajl or Wejl, the 
 laid Line alfo reprefents the 1 2 a-clock Hour Line. 
 
 fo take the Declination. 
 
 [3] When you would take the Declination of a 
 Wall, apply the Edge of the Inftrument AB to the 
 Wall; and in the Forenoon, the Sun Jhining , by 
 the Help of your dfxadrant place the Inftrument 
 parallel to the Horizon; fere w up your perpendicular 
 
 * See Pa£* 21, Note 4. 
 
 Pin 
 
Chap. XI. Of ^ Declining Dial. 31 
 
 Pin in the Center ’till the Shadow of its Ti op touch 
 any of the Circles , it matters not which, as fuppofe 
 the outmof at F j let all Things now reft ’till After- 
 noon. [4] And then carefully obferve where the Pop 
 of the Shadow toucheth the fame Circle again,which 
 we will fuppofe at G ; thus is your Obfervation. 
 finfthed. [5] Take your Inftrument down, and with 
 your Compaffes divide the Arch F G into two equal 
 Parts in H, and if from H you draw a Line through 
 the Center , it fhall be a true 1 2 a- clock Hour Line ; 
 and NH is the Declination of the Wall, which, by 
 applying it to the Line of Chords , I find to be 14 
 Degrees. And when the Mark, laft found at H, 
 falls on the Laft Side of the Line NS (as this doth) 
 then is the Declination of the Wall Laft ; but 
 when the Mark falls on the Weft Side , then the 
 Declination is Weft. 
 
 Note, The Curve, that the Top of the Pin defcribes, is always an Hy« 
 perbola, whether it be perpendicular, or incline to the Horizon; and 
 fuch are alfo the Parallels of the Sun’s Declination when put upona Dial. 
 
 CHAP.XI. *To make an ereEl Declining Dial, 
 
 HPHE upright or m^/Dial Planes,already treated 
 of, are fuch as did directly face the four car- 
 dinal or principal Points of the Horizon , viz. Laft , 
 Weft, North and South Points. Now all other 
 Upright or eredt Dial Planes are faid to decline , * and 
 their Declination is counted from the North or South, 
 towards Eaft and Weft, and thofe Planes are called 
 South or North eredt Planes declining Eaft or Weft. 
 
 * See Page 21 , Note 4. 
 
 4 Plate 
 
32 Of the Declining Dial. Chap. XL 
 
 Plate 7. Fig. 2. 
 
 Let it be required to make a Dial in th z Latitude 
 of 53 Deg. 25 Min. North, declining from the South 
 to the W °ft 21 Deg. 10 Min. viz. for Liverpool, 
 Warrington, or Cronton, in Lane afire. 
 
 Firft, For the Diftance of the Subftilar Line from 
 the 12 a-ciock Hour Line. 
 
 fs] Draw the Horizontal Line AB, and from C 
 let fall perpendicular the 1 2 a-clock Hour Line CD, 
 and from the Line of Chords take 60 Deg. with 
 your Compares, and fet one Foot of your Com- 
 paffes In C, and draw the Semicircle A D B. [2] 
 And then draw C D at right Angles, to A B, for 
 the 1 2 a-clock Line. [3] Take the Complement of 
 the Latitude 36 Deg. 35 Min. from your Line of 
 Chords, and fet it from D to E, and draw EF pa- 
 rallel to AB, fo is FE the Sine -j~ of the Arch DE. 
 This done, [4] take in your CompalTes the Plane's 
 Declination 21 Deg. 10 Min. from your Line of 
 Chords, and fet it from D to G, and draw CG. [5] 
 Take EF in your CompalTes, and fet it from CtoH ; 
 draw HI parallel to AB. [6] Take HI and fet from 
 F to L, and draw CLMj now DM meafured on 
 your Line of Chords is 15 Deg. 2 Min. the Diftance 
 of the hubjiilar Line from the 1 2 a-clock Line. 
 
 Secondly, For the Stile's Height. 
 
 [i] From the Point H draw the Line H K pa- 
 rallel to CD the 12 a-r clock Line. [2] Then take 
 
 •f* The Sine of an Arch is a Line drawn from any Point of the Circumfe - 
 rme of a Circle to that Line that paffes thro* the Center of the faid C ircle , 
 
 HK 
 
Chap. XI. Of the Declining Dial. 33 
 
 HK in your Compaffes, and fet it from L to N,and 
 draw CN for the Top of the Stile-, [3] Then xhall 
 M N meafured on your Line of Chords be 3 1 Deg. 
 49 Min. the height of the Stile. 
 
 Thirdly, For the Difference of Inclination * of 
 
 Meridians. 
 
 [1] Set one Foot of your Compaffes in M, and 
 take the nearefi dijlance to EF. This Difance fet 
 upon the 1 2 a-clockLine fromF to O. [2] Then take 
 the difance frorn O toG, and fet itfromO toP. [3] 
 T akethe^^K^FM in yourCompaffes, and meafure 
 it on your Line of Chords ,andy ou willfindit to be 25 
 Deg. 46 Min. the Inclination of Meridians fought : 
 This 25 Deg. 46 Min. reduced into Time (by the 
 Table III.) is 1 Hour , 43 Min . 4 Seconds , by which 
 I fee that the fubfiilar Line will fall between the 
 Hours of one and two a-clock in the Afternoon . 
 
 Daftly, For the Hour Lines. 
 
 [ 1 ] In any convenient Place in the Sub filar Line 
 (according to theLargenefs ofyourDial Plane) as at 
 M, draw the Line RS at right Angles to iheSubfilar 
 Line CM [2] Set one Foot of your Compaffes inM, 
 and take the nearefi difance toCNthe Stile's height, 
 f 3 ]Onefoot refling inM, turn the other to q in the 
 Snbfilar Line , upon q as a Center , with the difance 
 
 * See Plat e 7. Fig. i,in which Hfreprefsnts the 1 2 a-clock Hour hitfi 
 in that Place, and NS is the Line that is perpendicular to the Plane ; now 
 the Angle that is made between thefe two Lines at I, is what in Dial- 
 ing is called the Inclination of Meridians , and is an Arch of the Equi* 
 noftialy comprehended between the Meridian of the Plane and the Meri- 
 dian of the Place, and fhevvs in what Longitude from the Meridian of 
 the Plane it will become an horizontal Dial, 
 
 D q M, 
 
34 Of Declining Dial. Chap. XL 
 
 q M, draw the Circle as you fee done in the Dial, 
 which reprefents th z Equinoctial. 
 
 [4] Lay a Ruler from the Center at q to D (that 
 is the Place where the Line RS cuts the 1 2 a- clock 
 Hour Line) and then the Ruler doth cut the Equi- 
 noctial in a Point near O, where you are to begin to 
 divide it into 24 equal Parts , which 1 have here 
 marked with little Dots .[ 5 ] Lay a Ruler to the Center 
 at q, and to every one of the equal Divifions in the 
 Equinoctial, and where the Ruler cuts the Line RS, 
 make thefe marks *** Lajlly , draw Lines from the 
 Center of the Dial at C to thefe marks *** in the 
 Line RS, and thofe are the true Hour Lines upon 
 the Dial, to which place the proper Figures to every 
 Hour, as you fee done in the Scheme. 
 
 Of the hanging of the Stile. 
 
 The Stile C N muft hang dire Elly Square wife with 
 the Subfilar Line CL, and this you muft try with 
 your Quadrant, thus; place that edge of your Qua- 
 drant upon which the Sights are, to the Top of the 
 Stile, and when the Thread cuts the Limb of the 
 Quadrant in the fame Degree with the Latitude of 
 the Place, then it is right otherwife it is wrong. 
 
 Note, Now you have finijhed your Dial, and info 
 doing, you have in the making of this one made four. 
 Dials, viz. 
 
 Deg. Min . 
 
 A South Declining Eaft 
 A South Declining Weft 
 A North Declining Eaft 
 A North Declining Weft 
 
 | 21 IQ 
 
 But 
 
1 
 
Chap. XL Of the Declining Dial. 35 
 
 But you m uft change the Names of the Hours, viz. 
 iq into 2, 9 into 3, 8 into 4, and place the 
 Stile on the contrary Side of the 1 2 a-clock Line for 
 the 5^^declining£^,andby turning the Dial up- 
 fde downwards, for the North Decliners , fo that 
 the Stile may point upwards to the North Pole, and 
 the Hours about midnight omitted, as your own 
 Reafon will foon direct you. 
 
 iO*Here you are to take notice, that if the Plane 
 decline 60 Deg. or more, then the Hour Lineshiving 
 Centers will be fo near together, and the Stile will 
 then be fo near the Plane, that one thing will much 
 difcommode another, and make it a great difficulty to 
 fhew the true hour of ihePizy thereby, therefore they 
 ought to be removed far from the Center, th.it they 
 may become wide enough toanfwerthe end of {hew- 
 ing diftindtly the true Hour of the Day. 
 
 But ftill here will arife a Difficulty in dividing the 
 Circle, which reprefents the Equinoctial, for there 
 will be required the Difference of the Inclination of 
 Meridians of the Plane and Place; for this Purpofe 
 I have added Table V. for the Latitude of London , 
 {hewing the Stile’s height , Subfile's difance from the 
 Meridian, and difference of Inclination of Meridians, 
 which tho’ calculated indeedforthe£#ff^WI?of Lon- 
 don {viz. 5 1 Deg. 3 2 Min. ) yet may ferve indifferently 
 
 And here you are to obferve that it is not the Stile that changes its 
 "Place or Pofition, but the Plane itfejf ; for the Stile anftvering to the La- 
 titude of the Place , it remains alzvays Ready and the fame in all Declina- 
 tions : fo that if you conceive a Plane declining (as in the Example no vv 
 before us) 21 Deg. 10 Min. to the IVeftzuard , the SubJUlar Line i alls 
 betwixt the Hours of One and Two in the Afternoon ; and fuppcling the 
 fame Plane to move to the Eaflzuard 21 Deg. 10 Min. the Subjlilar 
 Line will then fall betwixt the Hours of len and Eleven in the Morning. 
 For it is an infallible Rule y ihat if the Plane declines Eaflward* the 
 Subjlilar Line falls amongft the Morning Hours, but if Wejhuardy 
 smongft the Afternoon Hours. 
 
 D 2 for 
 
3 6 Of a great Declining Dial. Chap.XIt, 
 
 for moft Places in England j but he that wants to 
 be more curious and exadt, may, by obferving the 
 Directions giveninthebeginning of this Chapter for 
 finding the three Requijites (by that means) obtain 
 tboje Kequifites for any Place in the known World. 
 
 C H A F. XII. To make a Dial upon a Plane 
 when the Pole has but a fmall Elevation 
 above the Plane. 
 
 Plate 8. Fig. i. 
 
 T Shall take for an Example a Dial that I made at 
 -* London, whofe Plane declined from the South by 
 the Eqjl, northerly lOoDeg. 16 Min. that is 79 Deg. 
 44 Min. from the North towards the Eajl. 
 
 For the Stile’s height. 
 
 £3* The Stile's height you will find by Conft ruc- 
 tion, asinChap.X.or by TableV . to be 6 Deg. 2 2 Min . 
 the Subfile's di/lance from the Meridian, 3 8 Deg. 1 
 Min. the Inclination of Meridians, 8 1 Deg. 56 Min. 
 [ij Let the Square A BCD reprefen t the Plane, 
 bee ‘Ui'e’tisa North PI an e declining Eaftward, there- 
 fore the Stile mull point upwards, and the Center of 
 the Hour Line will be fome where below the Plane 
 itfelf.* And therefore take 60 Deg. from your Line 
 of Chords Set one Foot of your Compares at the 
 
 bottom Corner of the.Piane at C, and draw the Qua- 
 
 *' If the Plane had been 79 Deg. 44 Min from the South to the Eajt 9 
 or Wefl, then the Stile muft have pointed downwards towards the South 
 Po/e> and the Center of the Dial would have been fome where above 
 the Plane itfelf. 
 
 drant 
 
Chap- XII. Of a great Declining Dial. 37 
 
 drant EF. [2[ Take 38 Deg. 1 Min. from your 
 Line of Chords, (the Subfile’s diftance from the 12 
 a-clock Line ) and fet it from F to G, then draw CG 
 continued for the Subfilar Line. [3] Take 6 Deg, 
 22 Min. the Stile's height from your Line of Chords, 
 and fet it from G to H, and draw CH for the Stile: 
 
 [4] Now, becaufe the Stile has but fmall height , 
 •draw an other Line IK parallel to the height or top 
 of the Stile of the Dial, at fuch convenient diftance 
 as in your judgment will belt fit the Dial Plane, viz. 
 that all the Hour Lines may fall thereon, fo {hall 
 that Line IK be the enlarged Stile of the Dial. 
 
 For the Hour Lines. 
 
 [5] Now by the Subfilar Line , and this enlarged 
 Stile, the Hour Lines may be drawn (at convenient 
 diftances) without any regard had to the Center 
 of the Dial. 
 
 And to do that, aflame any twoFoints in the 5 a< 5 - 
 f ilar Line CG, at fomz convenient difiance from each 
 other, as Land M, and through thofe^<?P«)zA;draw 
 two freight Lines, both of them at right Angles to 
 the Subfilar Line CG, as the Lines NLO and PMQ^ 
 
 [6] Set one foot of the CompaxTesinL, and take the 
 nearef diftance to the enlarged Stile IK, and turn 
 that foot from the Stile to R; on R as a Center with 
 the diftance L R draw a Semicircle , fet one foot of 
 the Compaftes in M, and take the nearef difance 
 to the enlarged Stile IK, and turn that foot from the 
 Stile to S; on S, as a Center, draw a Semicircle. 
 
 [7] Take the Plane’s Inclination of Meridians , 
 8 1 Deg. 56 Min. and fet from L to T, and from M 
 £0 V upon the Semicircles, -f* Then 
 
 •f* You mull make the Radius LTV and MV, federally the Radius of 
 a Line of Chords, when you fet off the Inclination of Meridians . 
 
 D 3 [8] Divide 
 
g 8 Of a great Declining Dial. Chap. XIL 
 
 [ 8 ] Divide each Semicircle into 12 equal Parts, 
 beginning at T and V j lay a Ruler to the Centers 
 R and S fever ally, and to the Marks juft now made 
 in the Semicircles, and the Ruler will then cut the 
 Lines PMQ^and NLO, in the true Places where 
 the Flour Lines mull be drawn. 
 
 * Laftly, Lay a Ruler to thofe Marks in the Lines 
 PMQ_ and NLO, and draw right Lines through 
 the Plane , and they Ihall be the true Hour Lines 
 required, and will be removed far enough from 
 the Center , and that will fhew diftindtly the 
 Hour of the Day. 
 
 For the Stile. 
 
 The Stile muft Hand at right Angles upon the 
 Subfilar Line IK. And muft be placed as near 
 to the wideft diftance of the Hour Lines as pof- 
 liblc; becaufe the wider the Hour Lines are, the 
 better may the Plour of the Day be difcovered. 
 
 For the Quarters. 
 
 The garters * are drawn by dividing each of 
 the 12 equal Parts in the Semicircles into four 
 equal Parts more , and from thofe Divilions draw 
 Lines, as has been taught above for drawing the 
 Hour Lines, and your Dial is finiftied. 
 
 CHAP. 
 


Chap. XII r. Qf Declining Reclining Dials. 39- 
 
 CHAP. XIII. To make a declining reclining* 
 
 Dial. 
 
 Plate % Fig. 2. 
 
 OUCH Planes as do directly face the South or 
 *■“' North Points of the Horizon, but do recline (or 
 fall backwards) from the Zenith (like the Roof of a 
 Houle) towards the South ox North, are called South 
 or North Dire Si Planes, reclining fo many Degrees 
 as the Reclination is; and the Number of Degrees 
 that the Plane reclines , may be found by applying 
 th eEdge of your Quadrant, in which the Sights are 
 placed to the P lane, zndxhoThread will cut xhoLimb 
 in the Number of Degrees that the Plane reclines , 
 which being a Thing fo plain, I need not give any 
 Example. 
 
 And of reclining Planes there are fix Varieties, 
 three of South , and three of North Rediners, all 
 which may be reduced to new Latitudes, wherein 
 they will become Horizontal Planes, and confe- 
 quently Dials may be made as has been taught. 
 Chap. IV. where I have fhewn how to draw 
 tiour Lines upon an Horizontal Plane . 
 
 Firfi of DireSl South Recliners. 
 
 Firfi Variety: Let there be a direct South Plane in 
 th ^Latitude oi Cambridge, which is 52 Deg. 1 2 Min. 
 which reclines from th oZenith thereof 26 Degrees ; in 
 what Latitude will that be an Horizontal Plane ? 
 
 * Thofe Dial Planes that lean from you when you (land before them, 
 are called reclining Planes, beeaufc they recline from the Zenith. 
 
 D 4 Now, 
 
40 Of dirett North and South Chap.XIII. 
 
 Now, bccaufe the Reclination is lefs than the 
 Complement of the Latitude 37 Deg. 48 Min. Sub- 
 Jlracl the Plane’s Reclination 26 Deg . from the 
 Complement of the Latitude 37 Deg. 48 Min. and 
 the Remainder 1 1 Deg. 48 Min. is the new Lati- 
 tude in which it becomes an Horizontal Plane. 
 
 The Operation. 
 
 Deg. Min 
 
 The Complement of the Latitude at Cambridge is — 37 4-3 
 
 The Plane’s Reclination there (which fubjlratt) is — 26 00 
 
 The new Latitude is — — — • — — 1 1 48 
 
 So that an Horizontal Dial made for the Latitude 
 of 1 1 Deg. 48 Min. fhall be a South Recliner 26 
 Degrees in the Latitude of Cambridge. 
 
 Second Variety. If the Reclination of the Plane 
 be equal to the Complement of the Latitude of the 
 Place , the new Latitude is nothing , that is, neither 
 Pole has any Elevation above fuch a Plane , and the 
 Hour Lines are all parellel, and the Stile is likewife 
 parellel to the Plane itfelf ; and therefore, a Dial 
 for fuch a Plane mud be made in all RefpeSls , as 
 has been fhewn Chap. IX. Plate 6. 
 
 So that admit at Lincoln, where the Latitude is 
 53 Deg. 13 Min. a South Plane reclines from the 
 Zenith 36 Deg. 47 Min. (which is equal to the 
 Complement of the Latitude of that City) I fay, it 
 becomes an Horizontal Dial under the Equinoft'tal , 
 as appears by the Operation 
 
 The Operation, 
 
 Deg. Min, 
 
 The Complement of the Latitude at Lincoln is «— — — 36 47 
 The Plane’s Reclination there {which fubftraft) is — 36 47 
 
 So you fee the new Latitude is — - —00 co 
 
 In Plate 6, you have the Dial that is for this 
 Purpofe. 
 
Chap. XIII. Declining Reclining Dials. 41 
 
 'Third Variety. If the Reclination of' the Plane 
 exceeds the Complement of the Latitude of the Place, 
 then fubflraB the Complement of the Latitude from 
 the Plane' sRe clin at iori, and the Remainder is the new 
 Latitude, where it will become an Horizontal Plane . 
 
 Example. 
 
 Suppofe at Norwich , whofe Latitude is 52 Deg . 
 42 Min. a direB South Plane reclining 56 Deg. from 
 the Zenith, where will that be an Horizontal Dial £ 
 
 The Operation. 
 
 Deg. Min. 
 
 Plane’s Reclination — — — 56 00 
 
 Complement of the Latitude of Norwich (which fubflraft) — 37 ig 
 
 The New Latitude is — - — — — 18 42 
 
 So that an Horizontal Dial made for the Lati- 
 tude of 1 8 Deg. 42 Min. will be a direB South re- 
 clining Dial from the Zenith of Norwich 56 Deg. 
 
 Secondly, Of DireB North Recliners. 
 
 Firf Variety. If the Reclination be lefs than the 
 Complement of the .Latitude of the Place , add them 
 together, and that is the new Latitude where fuch 
 Re cliner will become an Horizontal Plane. 
 
 Example. 
 
 Suppofe at Newcajlle upon Tyne, whofe Latitude 
 is 55 Deg. 1 Min. a direB North Plane Ihould re- 
 cline from the Zenith 29 Deg. how muitthe Hour 
 Lines be drawn thereon? 
 
 To 
 
4& Of diretil North and South Chap.XIII. 
 
 To the Complement of the Latitude of Newcafik 
 upon Tyne, 34 Deg. 49 Min. add the Plane’s Re - 
 clination2gDeg.zndtheirSumis 6%Deg. 4.9 Min. and 
 that is the new Latitude, for which Place make an 
 Horizontal Dial, as has been before taught, and that 
 will be a North reclining Dial, at the Place above - 
 tnentioned. 
 
 The Operation. 
 
 Deg. Min . 
 
 The Complement of the Latitude at Newcaftte upon Tyne is • — 34 49 
 The Plane's Reclinatien there (which add) is — — — 29 00 
 
 The new Latitude — - — — — 63 49 
 
 Second Variety . If the direSl North Y lane recline 
 equal to the Latitude of the Place, add it to the 
 Complement of the Latitude, and that Sum will always 
 be 90 Deg. fo that under the Pole it becomes an Ho- 
 rizontal Dial make a Dial as has been taught in 
 Chap. III. Plate 3. Fig . 1. by dividing a Circle into 
 24 equal Parts, and fixing a Wire perpendicular 
 in the Center, and it is done. 
 
 Example. 
 
 Suppofe at Wrexham in Denbighfhire, whofe La- 
 titude is 53 Deg. 2 Min. a dir ell North Plane re- 
 clines 53 Deg. 2 Min. I defire to know where this 
 will become an Horizontal Plane ? 
 
 The Operation. 
 
 Deg. Min . 
 
 The Complement of the Latitude at Wrexham is — — 3 658 
 
 The Plane's Reclination there (which add) is — — — 53 02 
 
 The new Latitude is 
 
 90 00 
 
Chap. XIII. Declining Reclining Dials. 43 
 
 Laftly, If thePlane’s Reclination exceed the Com- 
 plement of the Latitude of the Placet add them to- 
 gether, and that Sum is the new Latitude where 
 fuch a Plane will become an Horizontal Plane. 
 
 But note, if the Sum exceed 90 Deg. take the 
 Complement thereof to a Semicircle, or 180 Deg. and 
 the Remainder is the new Latitude , where fuch a 
 Reclining Plane will become Horizontal. 
 
 Example. 
 
 Suppofeat Shews bury, whofe Latitude is 52 Deg. 
 42 Min. a direct North Plane reclines from the Zenith 
 60 Deg. where will it become an Horizontal Plane? 
 
 To the Complement of the Latitude of the Place 
 27 Deg. 18 Mm. add the Plane’ s Reclination 60 Deg. 
 and their Sum is 9 7 Deg. 1 8 Min. whole. Complement 
 to 180 Deg. is 82 Deg. 42 Min. in which Latitude 
 fuch a Plane at Shrewsbury will become Horizontal-, 
 thereforedraw Hour Lines thereon, asyouhavebeen 
 taught in making the Horizontal Dial, and they will 
 be the true Hour Lines for that Plane and Place, as 
 juft now mentioned. 
 
 The Operation. 
 
 Deg.Min. 
 
 The Complement of Latitude at Shrewsbury is “ — 37 1$ 
 
 The Plane’s Reclination there (which add) is — — — 60 00 
 
 The Sum (which is to be JubJlraSled from the Semicircle) ^ 97 18 
 
 A Semicircle is (180 Degrees) — «■ — — — 18000 
 
 The Sum as above to be fubjirafted — ~ — 97 18 
 
 The new Latitude — - — — — — 82 42 
 
 Note, That in making of any of thefe North or 
 South reclining Dials, you have alfo made (at the 
 fame Time) a direSt North or South reclining Dial 
 from the Zenith, 26 Deg , 
 
44 Q/’Eaft or Weft Reclining Dials. Chap.XIV. 
 
 As in the Jirjl Variety for Cambridge , you have 
 made alfo a North Dial inclining to the Horizon 2 6 
 Deg. either by drawing of the Hour Lines and Stile 
 through the Center , or by turning the reclining Dial 
 about, upon the Hour Line of Six', and then as the 
 North Vole is railed or elevated upon the South Re - 
 diner , fo much will the South Pole be raifed or 
 elevated above the North Incliner. 
 
 CHAP. XIV. To make an Eaft or Well 
 Reclining* Dial, 
 
 A S 2\\North and SoutbrecliningYyizl-Plz.nts'weve 
 reduced to new Latitudes y wherein they would 
 become Horizontal Planes •, and thereby made by 
 the Directions given in IV. fo allDiRECTE#/? 
 
 or Weft Reclining Dial Planes in any Latitude , may 
 be reduced to erebl or upright Declining Planes 
 in another Latitude , and therefore may be made by 
 the Directions in Chap. XI. of this Treatife; yet I 
 lhall herelhew, for the young gyro’s Improvement, 
 how they may be done mechanically, without any fuch 
 Alteration.Butfirft,toreducethemtonewLatitudes. 
 
 * As in upright or ere ft Dial Planes there were two Sorts of Varieties* 
 viz. Ere ft dir eft and ere ft Declining ; fo there are two Sorts of Varieties 
 of Reclining Dial Planes likewife ; for fuch Reclining Planes as do dire&ly 
 face either the true Eaft* Weft , North* or South Points of the Heavens 
 are called Direct Reclining Planes. 
 
 Again * thofe Reclining Planes which do not direftly face the faid Car- 
 dinal Points* but deviate therefrom, #. e, face fome other Points lituate 
 between them, as Soutb-Eaft* North-Weft * Nortb-Eaft * are called De- 
 clining Reclining Planes, and the manner of drawing the Hour Lines 
 upon thefe Dire ft and Declining Re dining Planes, affords a much greater 
 Variety than there was in the ereft or upright Planes. See Page 20. 
 
 The 
 
Cbap.XIV » Of Eafl or Well Reclining Dials. 45 
 
 Phe Rule. 
 
 The Complement of the known Latitude, or Latitude 
 you are in, is always the new Latitude, and the 
 Complement of th eReclination* is always the De- 
 clination in that new Latitude, in which it will 
 become an ereB declining Plane. 
 
 And before I proceed any further it is proper to in- 
 form you how you fhall know whether the North 
 or South Pole is elevated above any given Plane. 
 
 [1] All Horizontal Planes in NortbLatitude have 
 the North Pole elevated; but all Horizontal Planes 
 in the South Latitude have the South Pole elevated. 
 
 [2] Upon all ereB Planes whether direB or de- 
 clining, if it face the South, theSouthPole is elevated; 
 but if it face the North, the North Pole is elevated, 
 as you may the better perceive by viewing the ereB 
 direB North and South Dials in Plate 1 1 . 
 
 [ 33 U pon all direB Ead and Weft Planes (let them 
 recline ever fo far) the North Pole is elevated ; but 
 on their oppojite Incliners the South Pole. 
 
 [4] Over all North reclining Planes, whether 
 direB or declining , the North Pole is elevated ; and 
 over the oppojite Incliners the South Pole. 
 
 Lajlly, Over all South reclining direB or declining, 
 if the Plane pafs between the Zenith and the Pole, 
 the South Pole is elevated, as in the North Pole on 
 their oppojite Incliners , and if the Plane he between 
 
 * The Reclination of a Plane is the Quantity of Degrees which any 
 Plane, on which a Dial is fuppofed to be drawn, lies tr falls back from 
 the truly ere ft or upright Plane. 
 
 the 
 
fh O/’Eaft or Weft Reclining Dials. Chap. XI V. 
 
 thePole and the Horizon , the North Pole is elevated 
 but the South over their oppofite Incliners. 
 
 Now let it be required to make an Eajl Dial for 
 Worcester, to recline 40 Degrees. 
 
 According to the former Method of reducing it to 
 new Latitudes , it will be an erect Dial in Latitude 
 37 Deg. 47 Min. (that being the Complement of the 
 Latitude oCWorcefter ) declining fromthe South Eajl- 
 •ward 50 Degrees , that being the Complement 
 of the Plane’s Reclination. So that if by the Direc- 
 tions in the Xlth Chapter , you make an erect Dial 
 for 37 Deg. 47 Min. North Latitude, declming 50 
 Deg. South Eaft, it will be an Eaft Recliner 40 Deg. 
 from the Zenith, in the Latitude of 52 Deg. 1 3 Min. 
 However I fhall here the w how to do it mechanically. 
 
 Firft, You mull confider, that the Eaft and Weft 
 Recliner s have their Center near the Bottom 
 of the Plane, but the Incliners of both forts 
 have their Centers near the Pop: And the Eaft 
 Incliner and Weft Recliner mull have their 
 Centers towards the right Hand-, but the Eaft 
 Recliner and Weft Incliner have their Cen- 
 ters towards the left Hand. 
 
 Thefe Things being well underftosd, I fhall now 
 proceed to practice. 
 
 Having made choice of your Plane , as fuppofe 
 ABCD. Plate 8. Fig. 2. 
 
 For the Subftilar Line and Stile’s height. 
 
 According to the foregoing Directions, I obferve 
 that the Center of this Dial muft be at the Bottom 
 towards the left Hand: therefore [1] at the Bottom 
 of the Planet draw the Line EF for the 1 2 a-clock 
 
 Line, 
 
Chap.XIV. Of Eaft or Weft Reclining Dials. 47 
 
 Line, in which make choice oitemtconvenientPlzce, 
 as at Gj [2] chufe G for the Center of the Dial, and 
 from G draw GH at right Angles to EF. [3] Then 
 with one foot of the Compaffes in G, defcribe the 
 Quadrant IK , and by the Help of your Line of Chords, 
 fet off the Plane s Reclination 40 Deg. from I to L, 
 and draw the Line GL as long as you can , [4] Alfo 
 fet off from I to M the Complement of the Latitude 
 of the Place 37 Deg. 47 Min. and draw the Line 
 QM. as long as you can : [5] then in any Point atPlea- 
 fure in the 1 2 a-clock Line EF, chufe a Point as N, 
 and from that Point draw a Line parallel to GH, 
 as N O; and through the Point where it cuts theLine 
 GM, draw PO parallel to EF ; [6J take GQ_in 
 yourCompaffes,andfetitfromG toR, anddraw RS 
 parallel to the Meridian EF, and it will cut NO* 
 in T ; [7] let the Diftance PQJrom G to V, and 
 draw VX parallel to TN [8] take in your Com- 
 paffes GX, and fet it from T to Y, and draw GY 
 for the Subfile •, [9] from Y ereB the perpendicular 
 Y W (take VX in your Compaffes, and fet it from Y to 
 W)and draw GW for the Stile: The TriangleG Y W, 
 reprefen ting theS/ffcofyourDial, which being erect- 
 ed perpendicidar to the Plane , upon the Subfile GY, 
 lhailgive the Hour by the Shadowofits upper edge. 
 
 For the Hour Lines. 
 
 [1] Chufe a Point at Pleafure in the Subfile GY, 
 as at # ; through that at right Angles thereto, draw 
 the Line b a, as long as you can \ fet one foot of the 
 Compaffes in a , viz. the Point where the Line b a 
 cuts the Subfile, and take the nearef difance to the 
 Stile's height let one foot reft in a, and turn the 
 other to M in the Subfile , and on JE as a Center de- 
 
 fcribs 
 
48 0/*Eaft or Well Reclining Dials . Chap. XIV. 
 jfcribe the Semicirle (or a whole Circle if you pleafe), 
 [2] Lay a Ruler to the Center of the Circle at JE, 
 and to d, that is, where the Dine b a cuts the \za- 
 clock Line GF, and where the Ruler cuts the Circle , 
 there you are to begin todivide it into z^equal Parts: 
 a Ruler laid to JE, and to the equal Parts in theC/r- 
 cle, will cut the Line b a into unequal Parts, where 
 make Marks*** Laflly, A Ruler laid to the Center 
 of the Dial at G, and to thofe Marks *** in the Line 
 b a, will be the true Hour Lines required. 
 
 The LineGE being the iza-clockLine , youmull 
 place 1 2 at the end,as you fee in theFigure,2.nd the reft 
 II. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. and then your Dial is finilhed. 
 
 N.B. In drawing this Dial, you have made three 
 more-, for if it is turned upjide down, then it is a Wejl 
 Dial inclining 40 Degrees , with this Alteration only , 
 thatwherei iwowllandsyoumullplacei ,and2where 
 10 is, and confequently the Subfile will then be as 
 much on the right Hand, as it is now on the left. 
 
 If it were drawn upon oiled Paper, the back-Jide 
 would be a Wejl Dial, reclining 40 Deg. only the 
 Figures 12. 10. 9. &c. mull be 1. 2. 3. &c. 
 
 Lajlly, If the 12 a>-clock Line G F be turned 
 upwards, the back-fds will be an Eajl Dial inclining 
 40 Deg. and the Figures mull remain jull as they 
 are; only the Subjlile mull be as far to the left Hand 
 of the perpendicular GH, as it is now on the right. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
f 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
Chap. XV. 0/North and South Reclining Dials. 49 
 
 C H A P. XV. To make a North or South 
 Declining * Reclining or Inclining Dial. 
 
 Plate 9. Fig. 1. 
 
 HpHESE Dial Planes cannot be reduced to new 
 
 * Latitudes without the help of Trigonometry , 
 therefore I {hall proceed Mecba?zicaUy. 
 
 Take for an Example a Plane at Edinburgh de- 
 clining from the South to the Eajl 30 Deg. and re- 
 clining from the Zenith 25 Deg. 
 
 Firjl for the Stile. . 
 
 [t] Draw the Horizontal Line AB; [2] make 
 choice of any convenient Place in the LineAB, as C, 
 for a Center , and draw CD. [3] With your Line of 
 Chords of 60 Deg. draw the Quadrant F F. [4] Take 
 th t Complement of the Latitude of Edinburgh 34 Deg. 
 3 Min. from your Line of Chords, and fet it from E, 
 to G, and draw the LineCG as long as you can. [5] 
 Take the Plane’s Decimation 30 Deg. from your 
 Line of Chords, and fet it irom E to H, and draw the 
 Line C H, as long as you can. [6] T ake the Inclination 
 of the Plane 25 Deg. from your Line of Chords, and 
 fet it from E to I, and draw the Lined as long as 
 you can. [7] Make choice of a Point in the Line AB 
 as K, and draw KL parallel to CD. and it cuts the 
 Line CG f the Complement of the Latitude ) in M, 
 and thro’ that crofjing draw M N parallel to A B, 
 
 * Thofe Dial Planes that lean towards you when you ftand before them 
 are called Inclining, and thofe that lean from you are called Reclining* and 
 Declining , Reclining or Inclining Dials, are thofe whofe Planes neither 
 face direftly any of the four Cardinal Points; nor are they either per hen - 
 dicular or parallel to the Horizon . 
 
 E and 
 
Of North and South Reclining Dials. Chap. XV. 
 
 and it cuts the Line of Inclination Cl in P. [8] Take 
 CP, and fet it from C to Q, draw QV parallel to 
 A B. [9] Take RP in your Compares, and let it from 
 C to S, and draw SH parallel to AB, to cut the 
 Line of Declination CH in H. [10] Take CK in 
 your Compaffes, and fet it upon the Line of Decli- 
 nation from C to T, and draw E T parallel to AB. 
 {ill Take ET in your Compaffes, and fet it from 
 Qjo X, and draw XY parallel to CD. [12] Now 
 take in your Compaffes dot daft ancebW (that is from 
 CD to the Line of Decimation) and fet it from Q 
 to Z, and draw CZ for the Meridian Line, or Hour 
 Line of i2.[i3]Take inyour Compaffes the diflance 
 CS, place one Foot in E, and make a Mark where 
 the other Foot falls at a. [14] Take C a, and fet it 
 from C to b upon the Line of Inclination, and draw 
 bd parallel to CD. [15] Take in your Compaffes 
 C d, carry that extent, and fet one Foot of the Com- 
 paffes inX,and the other will give <?,draw Ce for the 
 Subfile, from e eredt the Perpendicular ef\_ 1 6] fake 
 bd, and fet it from e, to /'and draw the Line C / for 
 the Stile, fo fhall the Triangle Cefbi the Stile to he 
 eredted Perpendicular to the Line G e the Subfile. 
 TheSide Cf being parallel to th a Axis of the World, 
 and by its shadow is determined toe Hour oftheDay. 
 
 For the Hour Lines. 
 
 [1] Chufe a Point in the Subf ile C e, as g, thro’ 
 which Point, and at right Angles to the Subfile , 
 draw the Line g h. [2] Set one Foot of the Compaf- 
 fes in g, and take the neared Didance to the Line 
 Cf, and turn that Foot about to M; upon JE with 
 the Difance Mg, draw the Equinoctial Circle, or fo 
 -much of it as will fuffice to bring theHour Lines up- 
 on 
 
Ch.XV. 0 / North & South Reclining Trials. 
 i n the Plane that you have Occafion for. [3] Lay a 
 Ruler to the Center at PE, and to i, that is, where 
 the Line h i cuts the Meridian or 1 2 a-clock Line, 
 and there begin to divide the Equinoctial Circle into 
 24 equal Parts ; a Ruler laid to PE and to thok equal 
 Parts, will divide the Line hih unequally , and give 
 the Places thro’ which the Hour Lines mull pafs : 
 Lafily, Lines drawn from the Center of the Dial at 
 C, thro’ thofe Marks in the Line hi, (hall be the 
 true Hour Lines of that Dial; which Number as 
 you fee done in the Figure. 
 
 Note, You may draw your Dial with Charcoal or 
 Black-lead ^, that is, the Preparative W ork) that it 
 may he taken out when you have put on the Hour 
 Lines, Jo that nothing may appear but what is 
 really uffid. 
 
 All other Declining Reclining Dials are made by 
 the fiame DireBions that are given in this above, 
 only by changing the Figures, &c. 
 
 As Secondly, The Inc liner. Declining from the 
 South Wefiward, is made by the fame Directions , 
 only the Quadrant mu ft be drawn on the other fide 
 towards A, which maybe bed conceived by fuppoiing 
 this Dial to be drawn on oiled Paper-, and looking 
 thro’ the Paper, that which on the right fide of the 
 Paper was an IhcliningDiL , declining from the South 
 Eaflward, will be an Inclining Dial, declining from 
 the South Wefiward. 
 
 Thirdly , A North Declining Eafi Re diner is the 
 fame with a South Decliner Eafi, Reclining! rom the 
 Zenith , only the Horizontal Line muft be at the 
 Bottom of the Dial; and alfo the Center of the Qua- 
 drant (which is the Center of the Hour Lines J muft 
 be above the Line AB, and towards the left hand , 
 
 E 2 and 
 
52 Of the Refledlive Dial. Chap. XVI.. 
 
 and may be reprefented by a South Declining Eafi 
 Recliner, turned Bottom upwards, withth fame fide 
 towards you as before. 
 
 Fourthly , A North Declining Wefi Recliner Is the 
 fame with a South DecliningWefi Incliner, only (as 
 before) the Horizontal Line AB, muft be at the 
 Bottom together with the Center of the Dial, andthe 
 Quadrant mull be above the Line, and towards the 
 right Hand, and may be reprefented by the Dial al- 
 ready defcribed, if imagined to be done upon oiled 
 Paper, and feen thro’, being turned Bottom upwards . 
 
 N. B. Fhe Hours on the North Dials mufi be num- 
 bered the contrary way to thofie oj the South Dials. 
 
 CHAP. XVI. To make a Refle&ive * Dial, 
 
 HIS Dial will (hew the trueHourof the Day 
 
 by RefieStion on a deling, where the diredl 
 Beams of the Sun can never come, and it willrepre- 
 fent the Sun's Motion, as truly and regularly within 
 thenoufe, as his natural Motion is without, provided 
 the Window open to the Southward, or fo that the 
 Sun might fhine in or near it. 
 
 Thefe forts of Dials are grounded upon thisPrin- 
 ciple in Qpticks, viz. that the Angle ^/'Incidence 
 is equal to the Angle of Reflection : that is, 
 whatever height the Sun be at any Time, the fame 
 height has the refiedled Spot upon the Cieling. 
 
 * Reflexive or rsfle Fling Dials are made by a little piece of Looking- 
 Gl'afs duly placed, which relied!: the Sun's Rays to the top of a Cieling 
 where the Dial is drawn, jV. The Piece of Gkfs ill ou id be as thin as 
 
 it can well be ground. 
 
 Plate 9. Fi 
 
 g. 2. 
 
 This 
 
Chap. XVI. Of the Reflective Dial. 53 
 
 This being underflood, if is eaiy to draw Hour 
 Lines upon the deling of a Room, or upon any 
 other Place though never fo Irregular; and that the 
 Hour by the help of a Piece of a Looking- Glafs fixt 
 Horizontally in a Window, or fome other convenient 
 Place for that Purpofe, may be truly known. 
 
 To place the Glafs. 
 
 [ 1 ] Having then made choice of a Window towards 
 the South , that fo you may have as much of the 
 Morning and Afternoon Sun as poflible, take fpecial 
 care to fix your Glafs Horizontal, otherwife your 
 Work will all be fpoiled. 
 
 N. B. All Great Circles, as Equinodlial and Hour 
 Circles, are freight Lines, and the lefer Circles, as 
 Tropicks and other 'Parallels of the Suns Declination, 
 are* Conick SeSlions: and that this Dial (when drawn) 
 is no other than a Horizontal Dial for the fame 
 Latitude inverted, Plate 9. Fig. 2. 
 
 To draw the 12 a-clock Hour Line. 
 
 [2] Having then placed a Piece of a Looking- Glafs 
 about the bignefs of a Sixpence, marked thus in the 
 Figure. Over this Glafs hang a Plumb Line at 1 2 
 a-clock, this String will caft a true Meridian Line ( i.e. 
 it is the true 1 2 a-clock Hour Line yhpon theFloor. 
 
 Or if you think that way too difficult, you may 
 find a 1 2 a-clock Line as I have taught in Chap. I V. 
 page 1 9 and ao.Thisbeing done, the 1 za-clockLineon 
 the Floor, is to be transfer d to the deling, which 
 may be performed by the Help of two Plumb 1 ines, 
 one held over the Glafs o, and the other held over 
 
 * A Cone doth fome what referable a « Sugar- Loaf ^ and being cut any 
 where fl ope -wife is called a Conic Section. 
 
 E 3 the 
 
54 Qf the Refledtive Dial. Chap.XVI 
 
 the other end of the 12 a-clock Line at A, at the 
 other end of the Room ; by this means you wdl have 
 two points on the deling, juft over your 1 2 a-clock 
 Line on the Floor, to which two Points on the del- 
 ing fk. retch a Line blacked with Lamb-Black ana Oil , 
 and holding it fad; at both Ends, (as two Sawyers or 
 Carpenters generally do a c h a l k e d L i n e ) it r i ke th e 
 black 1 2a-clockLineontheCieling,repreientc&by AC. 
 
 To draw the Eauinodtial. 
 
 x 
 
 [3] Make the Angle B©P, equal to the Comple- 
 ment of the L atitude of the Place , asfuppofe at Ormf- 
 kirk 3 6 Deg. 30 Min. which you mu ft do by a String, 
 held one end to the Glafs ©, and the other to the 
 deling reprefen teo by Bo, and applying the Edge 
 of your Quadrant, till you find the St ring and Plum- 
 met, cut the Limb at 36 Deg. 30 Min. thro’ that 
 Point of the 12 a-clock Line-, at B the Equinoctial 
 Circle muft pafs, which draw at right Angles to the 
 12 a-clock Line AD, and it is a freight Line as you 
 fee in the Figure. 
 
 To draw the Tropick of Cancer. 
 
 [4] Then becaufe the Sun ' h great efi height at 12 
 at Noon, at Ormskirk is 59 Deg. 59 Min. make the 
 Angle D©P equal thereto by help of your Quadrant 
 and String as before; fo is the Point D, the id ant 
 in the. 2 a-clock Line, where the Tropick of Cancer 
 muft pafs, which, becaufe tc is a lejj'er Circle of the 
 Sphere, it is not a freight Line but a Curve which 
 muft be drawn by help of Table VI; (that is by hav- 
 ing the Sun’she-ght at every Hour the 2 1 ft of fune 
 for the Latitude of your Place;) fo with an even 
 hand, you may draw" the Tropick of Cancer GDH. 
 
55 
 
 Chap. XVI. Of the Refledive Dial. 
 
 Ho draw the Tropic of Capricorn. 
 
 [5] Becaufe the Sun’s leaf height at 12 at Noon 
 at Ormskirk is 13 Deg. 1 Min . m a k e the Angle A © P 
 equal thereto , by hel p of your Quadrant and String , 
 fo (hall A be the Point in the 1 2 a-clock Hour Line 
 on the deling where the Pro pick of Capricorn mu ft 
 pafs, and muft be drawn by the Table of the Suns 
 Altitude at every Hour, upon the 21ft of Decern - 
 ber as above directed, fo that © Dreprefents the re- 
 folded Ray on the longef Day, © B, when he is in 
 the Equinoctial, that is twice a Tear, viz. on March 
 2 2d, and September 21ft, and © A reprefents the 
 ref elded Ray on the fortejl Day. 
 
 Ho draw the Hour Lines. 
 
 [6"] With any convenient opening of your Com- 
 palTes, draw the Semicircle © L M, and divide it in- 
 to 1 2 equal Parts, becaufe i 5 Deg. in the Equinoc- 
 tial is equal to one Hour in Hime, as by Table III. 
 
 Hence, becaufe the Center of the Dial doth not 
 fall in the room, but out of it in the open Air at O, 
 for which Reafon (before the Hour Lines can be 
 drawn) you muft find the Angle that each Hour Line 
 makes with the 12 a-clock Hour Line, their Comple- 
 ments are what they make with the Eqninoldial 5 
 this is eafily done by Calculation, but becaufe I have 
 throughout this Treatife laid that Method alide, 
 and kept fcridly to a Mechanick Method, your beffc 
 Way will now be to draw an Horizontal Dial for 
 the Latitude of Ormjkirk, which is 53 Deg. 30 Min. 
 as has been taught in Chap. IV 7 . and with your 
 Compares and Line of Chords meafure the Angles 
 that the Hour Lines make with the Meridian, and 
 fet them down as followeth. 
 
 E 4 Hhen 
 
56 Of the Reflective Dial. Chap. XVI. 
 
 Then with your Quadrant lay 
 it to the 1 2 a-clock Hour Line, 
 and make Angles there upon the 
 deling equal to thofe in the fe- 
 cond Column ; or elfe you may 
 lay it to the Equinoctial Line 
 on the deling, and make the 
 Angles of every Hour equal to 
 thofe in the third Column of this 
 Table , and by the help of your blacked String, as 
 before directed, draw the Hour Lines upon the (del- 
 ing, which £hall be the true Hour Lines required. 
 
 Another Way to draw the Hour Lines. 
 
 Or if you think this way too tedious, when you 
 have your Horizontal Dial fitted to your Latitude, 
 place the Center of your Horizontal Dial in the 
 Center of the Glafs, and fix a Thread in the Center 
 of the Dial lay the Thread {freight over every 
 Hour of your Horizontal Dial, fatten it at the other 
 fde of th tRoom-, and fo transfer them to the deling, 
 as was fhewn in drawing the 1 2 a-clock Line from 
 the Floor by help of the Plumb Lines-, thus have I 
 given you/woMethods by which you may draw the 
 Hour Lines on the deling, which I leave to the 
 judicious Practitioner to make ule of which he 
 pleaies. 
 
 To make a Table for drawing the Hour Lines. 
 
 The framing of a Table of the Angles that the 
 Hour Lines make with the 1 2 a-clock Hour Line 
 and Eqv.inoCiial, is made after this manner, viz. 
 Suppofe I would meafure the Angle DoP in Plate 
 9. Fig. 2. Take your CompafTes and extend on the 
 Line of Chords from the End of the Line at O to 60 
 
 Hours. 
 
 Angies 
 with the 
 Meridian . 
 
 5 ^ «■» 
 
 rv ^ 
 
 1 
 
 j 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 I I 
 
 0 0 
 
 12 10 
 
 O 
 
 77 
 
 O 
 
 50 
 
 2 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 54 
 
 6 $ 
 
 6 
 
 3 
 
 9 
 
 38 
 
 47 
 
 
 13 
 
 4 
 
 8 
 
 5 + 
 
 •9 
 
 35 
 
 41 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 7 1 
 
 34 
 
 18 
 
 26 
 
 6 
 
 90 OO 
 
 GO 
 
 00 
 
Chap. XVII. ’ Of Refracted Dials. 57 
 
 Deg. with that extent let one foot in o , and draw 
 the Arch F D ; take the laid Arch P D in your 
 Compares, and apply it to your Line of Chords , 
 and you wiil find it to contain 59 Deg. 59 Min. 
 and inch is the Angle D o P. And after the fame 
 manner is any other Angle meal'ured. 
 
 CHAP. XVII. To make a Refradted * Dial. 
 
 t ' OR this purpofe you mull have in readinefs an 
 Horizontal Dial for the Latitude of your Place, 
 and then ftic-k up a Pin or Wire , or affign any Point 
 in any hollow Bowl , or Dijh, to fhew the Hour , and 
 make that the Center of your Horizontal Dial ; then 
 fix upon any Place on the Edges of the Bowl , or 
 Dijhy for the 1 2 a- clock Hour Line , and transfer 
 the reft of the Hour Lines from the Horizontal 
 Dial to the Edge of the Bowl ; and taking away 
 the Horizontal Dial, hold up a String from the 
 End ok the faid Pin faftened thereto, over the 12 a- 
 clock Hour Line equal to the Latitude of your Ha- 
 bitation ; and this is done by applying the Edge of 
 your Quadrant to the String, ’till it cuts the Lati- 
 tude of the Place upon the Limb thereof. 
 
 Then with a Candle, by bringing the Thread to 
 ,ca a Shadow on any Hour Point, juft before marked 
 upon the Edge of the Bowl, that Shade in the Bowl 
 is the Place to which the true Hour Line mult be 
 drawn; and if the Bowl be full of Water, or any 
 other Liquor, when the Hour Lines are drawn, it 
 
 * Re framed Dials are fiich 2s (hew the true Hour only by means of fome 
 refracting transparent Fluid, fuch as Water , &c. 
 
 Will 
 
58 Of the Globe Dial. Chap. XVIII. 
 
 will never Ihew the true Hour by the Shadow of 
 the Top of the Pin, but when the Bowl is lulled 
 again with the fame Liquor. 
 
 For more particular Satisfadlion, fee my Aftronomy under the Word 
 Refrafiioiu Vol. I, Page 38. 
 
 CHAP. XVIII. 7 0 make a Globe Dial, 
 
 Plate 10. Fig. 1. 
 
 r ¥“*HIS Dial is drawn upon a [olid Ball or Globe , 
 andlhews the Hour of the Day without a Stile 
 or Gnomon. 
 
 Th e manner c/* turning roun d Balls, is well known 
 to W orkmen ; but if a large Stone Ball is to be made, 
 that cannot be turned becaufe of its Weight. 
 
 You muff therefore in the fir ft Place form it glo- 
 bular with a Chijfel, and then take a wooden orbrafs 
 Semicircle (as in Fig. 2.) of the fame Diameter, as 
 you defign your Ball (the bigger the better;) this 
 being done, turn the Semicircle about the Ball, and 
 take away all the Superfluities with a Ra/p, until 
 the Semicircle every where, and every way, juft 
 touches the Superficies thereof ; afterwards make it 
 fmooth with a 'Pumice Stone, or Sea Dog’s Fijh Skin. 
 
 For the Circles of the Sphere. 
 
 The Globe being thus finilhed, and fet in your 
 Garden upon a Pedeflal, as Fig. 1, proceed to draw 
 thereon the Circles of the Sphere (by help of a Pair 
 of Jpheric CompaJJes, or a Semicircle that juft fits 
 the Globe ) as AB the Horizon ZN the prime Ver- 
 tical, fo fhall Z be your Zenith , and N your Nadir. 
 
 Draw 
 

f 
 
 l 
 
 r 
 
 
Chap. XVIII. Of the Globe Dial. 59 
 
 Draw PS for the Earth's Axis to any Latitude , as 
 Juppofe that of Dublin 53 Deg. 16 Min. fo lha.il P 
 be the North Pole , and S the South Pole o the 
 World. Make Z JE equal to BP, and draw JE as for 
 the Equinoctial, which divide into 24 equal Parts, 
 and draw the Hour Circles or Meridians all meet- 
 ing in the Poles of the World. 
 
 Your Semicircle being' divided into 180 Deg. and 
 numbered as you fee in Fig. 2. mark 23 Deg. 29 Min. 
 from the EquinoBial at kE to zb and F, and draw 
 25 D for the : Tropic of Cancer , and F tffor the Tro» 
 pic of Capricorn •, alfo from the Poles at P and S mark 
 (by help of your Semicircle) 23 Deg. 29 Min. and 
 draw the two Polar Circles ; 12, 12. Lajlly, Draw 
 's.v? for the Ecliptic, znd thereon place the 12 Signs 
 of t be Zodiac, beginning at the EquinoBial, where 
 the Ecliptic cuts it with ^ ; at 30 Degrees further, 
 place t>, at 30 Degrees from that, n, at 30 De- 
 grees more, put as, which will be where the Eclip- 
 tic cuts the ‘Tropic of Cancer, and fo on, at every 30 
 Degrees in the Ecliptic, place the Signs in order 
 thus, jf vjzrx. I have omitted them in 
 
 the Figure to avoid Confufion. 
 
 For the placing of the Hours. 
 
 The Hours mu ft be numbered in the EquinoBial, 
 placing 1 2 at the Eaf and Weft Points of the Ho- 
 rizon, and 6 upon the Meridian. Then becaufe one 
 half of the Globe (nearly) is illuminated when the 
 Sun fhines, and the other half remains in Darknef : , 
 and fo the Extremity of the Light fhews the Hour 
 in two oppofte Places. 
 
 If moreover the different Countries on the Earth's 
 Superficies, as likewife the principal Cities were laid 
 down nnon th eGlobe. according to their true Lati- 
 
6© Of the Crofs Dial. Chap.XIX. 
 
 tudes and Longitudes , you may difcover any Mo- 
 ment the Sun fhines upon the fame, by the illumi- 
 nated Part thereof, what Places on the Earth are 
 enlightened, and what Places are in Darknefs. The 
 Extremity of the Shadow thews likewife what Places 
 the Sun is Rifng or Setting at ; and what Places 
 have long Days-, thefe with many more curious 
 Problems are ieen at one V iew, too many to be 
 enumerated in this Place. 
 
 j This Dial is the mojl natural of all others, be- 
 caufe it refembles the Earth itfelf, and the exadl 
 manner of the Suns fining thereon. 
 
 Note, You may draw as many Parallels of De- 
 clination upon it as you pleafe, by the Table of the 
 Suns Declination. See Table I. 
 
 Alfo if two Wires be put in, one at P and another 
 at S, and 12 at the Meridian, and the Hours num- 
 bered as you fee, that Wire at P, will give the Hour 
 in the Summer, andthat at S the Hour in the Whiter. 
 
 CHAP. XIX. To make a Crofs Dial, a Star 
 Dial, ana a Window Dial. 
 
 Plate 10. Fig. 3. 
 
 A Crofs Dial is that which fhews the true Hour 
 of the Day without a Stile, by the Shadow of 
 one Part of the Dial itfelf, appearing upon another 
 Part thereof . 
 
 There is one of this fort of Dials near the South- 
 Wejl Corner of Middle Moorfelds, London .* 
 
 For 
 
 * The Infcription upon this Dial being cut in Iron , and expofed to 
 the Weather, it is fo defaced, that it required much Pains and Art to 
 tender it legible, and therefore I defire the Reader’s Excufe for pre- 
 
 ferving 
 
Chap. XIX. Of the Crofs Dial 61 
 
 For the making of this Sort s/'Dial. 
 
 You need have no regard to the Latitude of the 
 Place, foe that is to be conlidered in the flaring, and 
 not in the making of it. 
 
 [1] In order to which, prepare aPiece oiWood or 
 Stone of what Size you pleafe, and fhape it in the 
 Form of a Crofs , fo that ah, be, cd, de, eh, hi, ik , 
 kl, Im, and m a may be all equal: ej, may be more 
 than double to a e: that in London is 25 Inches, and 
 5 Tenths of an Inch long from a to f, and am is 4 
 Inches and 8Tenths,£/~ 15 Inches and 8Tenths,and 
 the Depth or Fhicknefs is 6 Inches, 8 Tenths. This 
 premifed : 
 
 [2] Set one Foot of your Compares in ^,and draw 
 the Arch or Quadrant hn, which divide into y&v equal 
 Parts, for fix Hours, becaufe it is a Quarter of a Cir- 
 cle lay a Ruler from the Center e,znd draw eo,ep,eq. 
 
 [3] Now th ePofition of this Dial being fuch that 
 its End am, mull face th & South, and the upper Part 
 of it to Vie parallel with the EquinoBial, the Sun at 
 12 a- clock will fhine juft along the Line ab and mL 
 Therefore you muft place 12 at b and /, then it is 
 plain that from 1 2 to 3 the Shadow of the Corner a 
 will pafs along the Line be-, therefore take from the 
 Quadrant juft now drawn hn the Difiance ho, and 
 fet it from 1 2 to 1 . 
 
 [4] Take alfo hp, and fet from 12 to 2 ,hq being 
 equal to be, at c place 3, where the Shadow of the 
 Corner a goes quite of the Dial at c, or 3 in the 
 Afternoon •, but then the Shadow of the Corner i, 
 
 ferving it. <'Tbis Dial was placed here as a Boundary of the Parijb of St. 
 Stephen, Coleman -Street, in the memorable Year 1706,. and in the fifth 
 Year of the glorious Reign of our mojl gracious Sovereign Queen Anne, whom 
 GOD long preferve , Robert Trevitt, Painter , Fecit, 1 * 
 
 will 
 
62 Of the Crofs Dial. Chap.XlX. 
 
 will come on the Side hg at q, or 3 a-clock, where 
 place the Figure 3; at p 4, at 0 5, and at h 6 in the 
 very Corner: becaufe at 6 the Sun will fhine right 
 along the Line ih ; place 6 alfo at the Corner l, bs- 
 cauie the Sun at 6 (hines rigbt along the Line ik, and 
 from 6 till 9 (if it be in a Latitude where the Sun 
 continues up fo late at Night) the Shadow of the 
 Corner at k is paffing along tire Line bn. 
 
 [5] Therefore takein yourCompaflesthe D fiance 
 ho, and fet from 6 to 7. 
 
 [6] Take hp, and fet from 6 to 8 along the Line 
 im ; and the IJiJlance hq is equal to lm-, therefore 
 at the Corner m, place 9 becaufe the Shadow of the 
 Corner k, goes off the Line lm at 9. 
 
 [7] Then for the Morning Hours the Shadow of 
 the Point c will enter upon theLineab at the Point 
 a, juft at 3 in the Morning-, therefore draw Lines 
 from 7 and 8 in the Line lm, which let be drawn 
 parallel to am, and having placed 3 at the Corner a, 
 place 4 right againft 8, 5 againft 7, fo will 6 be in 
 the Corner b, becaufe at 6 the Sun (hines juft along 
 the Line cb, and from 6 till 9 the Shadow of the 
 Point d is paffing along the Side ef. 
 
 [8J Therefore having placed 6 in the Corner e, 
 draw Lines from the Points op q, parade! to di, and 
 at thoffe Points put the Figures 7, 8, 9, -or when the 
 Shadow of the Point d comes to 9, the Shadow of 
 the j Point m is at the Point k, and from 9 to 1 2 the 
 Shadow of in paffeth along the Line kl, and at 1 2 
 the Shadow of m, is come to /. 
 
 [9] therefore take the Difiances ho, hp, hq, and 
 fet them from l, to 1 1 and 1 o, the Difiance hq being 
 jujl equal to Ik, and thus is the Dial finifhed. 
 
 The Sun as it goes of from one Part of it comes 
 on to anotherP art thereof - } fo that the Time of the 
 
 Day 
 
« '■/t/ntS'j. JCI frytvn^on&i Q'la/. XjAmj//lc^mi/w71s o/ 'tAc 
 ‘./(ourJutuv, aJZonlvny aj t/iA&^t^Jftizvn. u> atSier a 
 
 
 
 &ofiA£ tnU>facviiy 6^<? ffq , 
 
Chap. XIX. Of the Star Dial. 63 
 
 Day may always be found upon Jome Part or other 
 of it, when the Sun fhineth. 
 
 The Reafon why thefe Dials require Phickhefs, 
 as well as other Dimenfons, is becaufe being placed 
 parallel to the Equinoctial, the Sun fhines upon the 
 upper Face all the Summer , and on the longeji Day 
 is elevated 23 Deg . 29 Min. above the Plane. of the 
 Dial, and confequently the Shadow of a will fall at 
 Noon in the Line ab, and notin the Point b, but at 
 an Angle of 23 Deg. 29 Min. therewith, (that being 
 the Sun’s greateft declination on the longeft Day.) 
 And on the foortef Day the Shadow of a, will be 
 below the Plane or Line ab, and make an Angle of 
 2 3 Deg. 29 Min. 
 
 This Dial is univerfal, for when you have made 
 one, according to the above Directions, there is no- 
 thing to do but to fix it in your Garden, &c. by help 
 of your Quadrant, to the Elevation of the Equinoc- 
 tial, or Complement of the Latitude of your Habi- 
 tation, and fothat the Side ab may exactly face the 
 South. 
 
 If you would place this Dial in any place within 
 the Polar Circles, you mud then make all the Ends 
 of an equal length, viz. ef, See. equal to ab-, other- 
 wife, the Shadow would quit one Side before it 
 comes on another, as you may the better perceive 
 by viewing the Figure in Plate X. Fig. 3. 
 
 Of the STAR DIAL. 
 
 Plate XB. 
 
 This is an Equinoctial Dial, made in the Form of 
 a '.Star, having eight Rays or Points, but no Stile, 
 the Phicknefs of the Ends of the Rays (being per- 
 pendicular 
 
6 4 Of the Star Dial. Chap. XIX. 
 
 pendicular to the Surface of the Dial) performing 
 the Office of the Stile in a common Equinoctial Dial, 
 by caftsng their Shadows on the Sides of the Rays 
 or Points. 
 
 The only Dial we have feen of this kind is of the 
 following Dimeniions. The ofthe outer ima- 
 
 ginary Circle P3 (PlateXB.Fig. 2.) is 7 Inches, and 
 that ofthe inner Circle P*, 2 Inches and 1 quarter; 
 and the Thicknefs of it 2 Inches and a half. But in 
 order to affiffcthe Reader’s Imagination in forming a 
 true Idea of this Dial, we have given a perfpeclro.e 
 View of it on Plate XB Fig 1. in which the Hour 
 Lines on the Rays SNLIG are diftindtly feen; and 
 the fame is to be underflood ofthe other Rays, whole 
 Sides cannot be feen in this View. Note , the fame 
 Rays in both figures are marked with fame Letters. 
 
 The Confrudtion of this Dial is the fame with 
 that of the Equinoctial Dial, explained in Chap. III. 
 Page 15. The only Difference being, that infteadof 
 one Stile, which is there placed in the Center of the 
 Dial, the End of each Ray performs the Office of a 
 Stile, and therefore the whole is properly a Cornpo- 
 Jition of eight Dials ; fome of thefe Stiles (hew one 
 Hour, and fome another. Thus the Stile, or End of 
 the Ray S, will, in the Morning, caft itsShadow on 
 the Side of the Ray A, and there £hew the Hours 
 8, 9, 10, ii; at Noon it will call no Shadow, but 
 in the Afternoon'll Shadow will be projected on the 
 Side ofN, and Ihew theHours 1, , 3, 4. The Stile 
 or End of the Ray A, will, by calling Its Shadow 
 againft the fide of C, Ihew the Hours 11, 12, 1, 2. 
 At three it will caft iio Jhadow ; but afterwards its 
 Shadow will be projected on diicfide of 3 , and there 
 fhew the Hours 4, 5, 6, 7. The fame is to be un- 
 derflood 
 
Chap. XIX. Of the Star Dial. 65 
 
 derftood of the reft of the Rays, and is fufficiently 
 plain from the Figure. For as the eight Rays are at 
 equal D fiances from each other, they face the Right 
 principal Points of the Cornpafs. That is, the Ray 
 S faces the South, A the South-Weft , C the Weft, E 
 the North-Weft , G the North, I the North-Raft, L 
 the Raft, and N the South-Raft. And as the Sun is, 
 with regard to the RquinoSiial, direbfly South at 
 Noon , South-Weft at three. Weft at fix. North Weft 
 at nine. North at midnight, North-Raft at three in 
 the Morning , Raft at fix, and South-Raft , at nine; 
 therefore the Rays refpedling thofe Points, will then 
 caft no Shadow. That is, the Ray L at fix in the 
 Morning will caff no Shadow, both Sides of the Ray 
 being at that Time equally illuminated. The fame 
 is to be underftood of all the reft. 
 
 In order to conftruB this Dial, divide the outer 
 Circle S,C,G,L, (PlateX.B. Fig. 2)into eight equal 
 parts, andhaving defcribed a finall concentric Circle 
 PxH, draw the eight RaysS, A, C,B, G, I, L,N, as you 
 fee in the figure. Then make choice of one of the 
 Rays to face the South, which in the Figure is that 
 marked S. On S, the Point of this Ray, with the 
 Radius ofyour Line of Chords defcribe aCircle, as 
 a gjo ft then will S a be the meridian Line . From 
 a fet off ^Degrees both ways towards b, and alfo 
 from b to c, from c to d, and from dtoe. From S, 
 through b,c,d,e , draw Lines both ways, till theycz^ 
 the Sides of the next Rays A and N, which will give 
 the Hour Lines. Thofe on A, becaufe to the Weft- 
 ward of the Meridian Line, will be 8, 9, 1 o, 1 i,and 
 thofe on N, being to the Eaftward of it, 1, 2, 3, 4. 
 The very fameMethodmuft be purfuedwith regard 
 to the reft of the Rays; obferving that all their 
 Meridian Lines mu ft be parallel tQ the fir ft, S a . 
 
 F Thus. 
 
66 Of the Window Dial. Chap. XIX. 
 
 Thus AB is the Meridian Line of A, CD of C, EF 
 of E, GH of G, IK of I, LM of L, and NO of N. 
 Having thus found the PI aces of all the Hour Lines 
 on the Projection, transfer them to \hzcorreJpondent 
 Rays of the real Dial, and draw Lines perpendicular 
 to the Surface, or parallel to the Ends of the Rays, 
 which will be the Hour Lines required as you fee in 
 the PerfpeCtive View of the Dial on Plate X.B. Fig. i . 
 
 Having thus transfer d the Hour Lines from the 
 Projection to your Dial, nothing remains but to fix 
 it in a true Pofition. That is, to fix it fo, that its 
 Surface be parallel to the Equinoctial, and the Ray 
 S point direClly to the South, or to the Sun when 
 he is in the Meridian. This Polition is the fame with 
 that of the Equinoctial Dial, defcribed in Chap. III. 
 Page 1 5, where the Reader will find fufficient In- 
 ftrudtions for this Purpofe. 
 
 Thus having in theforegoing Work fhewn how 
 to make all manner of ufeful Dials, I think itonly 
 remains now to fhew how 
 
 fo make a WINDOW Dial. 
 
 By this Dial, you may know the Hour of the 
 Day tho’ the Sun doth not jhine out bright, but 
 appears ever fo little thro 5 the Clouds: And fo you 
 may in the Night by the Stars, and Moon. 
 
 If your Window face any Point of the Compafs 
 ( near the South is bell) then find its Declination, as 
 has been taught in Chap.X. then procure a large 
 Sheet of thick writing Paper, and thereon make the 
 Draught ofyour Dial (as taught in Chap. XI.) which 
 done, either with Wax or a few fmall Nails , fallen 
 your Paper Draught to the Plane (which I fuppofe 
 to be made ready for that Purpofe) upon whichyou 
 defign to draw the Dial. Having placed the Center 
 r r grsxxPaperDhd in the very Place where you defign 
 
Chap-XlX. Of the Window Dial. 6f 
 
 to fix the Stile in the Plane,there fallen a String, and 
 with this String (or a Ruler ) transfer theHours and 
 Quart ersfvom your Paper Dr aughtupon thtWindow. 
 And this you will find to be a veryeafy, expeditious, 
 and exadt Way of drawing the Hour Lines and Quar- 
 ters upon any Plane whatfoever. Then get an Iron. 
 Rod about the Lhicknefsoi your Hour Lines, and nail 
 itto the Window Frame exadlly in that Place where 
 the Center of your Paper Hr aught was placed, andfet 
 it to the Latitude ofyourPlacehyhelpolyom^uadrant 
 which is done by putting that Edge of it to the Stile 
 wherein the Sights are, and railing the 57//? higher or 
 lower till theThread cuts theLimb'm the Degree oft he 
 Latitude ofyour Place ; and there fallen it at right An- 
 gles over the Subfile Line. 
 
 You may putFigures(or anyMarks for your own 
 Information) to the Hour Lines, and thus is your Dial 
 finished: and, how pleafantthis will be, to lit in your 
 Houfe,Sfc. to fee the Time of the Day that the Sun 
 fhines upon the Window, will bell appear from the 
 Dial when thus made: linceat anytime when you can 
 fee the Sun juft thro the Clou dsy on may then tell the 
 Hour of the Day as well as ifitlhone ever fo bright-, 
 for look thro 5 the Window , and take the Stile between 
 your Eye and the Sun, and at the fame Time you'll fee 
 the Hour where the Stile's lhade will fall upon the 
 Window, and that is tire trueHour of the Day. Al/o,m 
 the night you may do the fame by my known Star, by 
 fir ft knowing the Time the Star will be upon the 
 Meridianor S outh, and as much as it wants of th eSouth 
 hytiieDvdfubfrabtedlxomtheTimeolSouthingfivci 
 the trueHour of the Night , hot if it b epaf theSouthhy 
 theDial ,add(o much to theTimeoiS out hing^md. you 
 have theTime of theNightSIhe faineMe thod is to be 
 ufed for the Time of the Night by the Moon. 
 
 This Method of transferring the Hour Lines from your paper draught, 
 is what you may ufe in making of any Dial, which I recommend as 
 being moll practicable. 
 
68 
 
 TABLE I. 
 
 A T A B L ii of the Sun's Declination exactly calculated for the 
 Year 1764, which (for the Ufe of Dialling) will ferve 
 for this Age without any fenfible Error. 
 
 
 Jan , 
 
 D M* 
 
 Feb. 
 
 D, M. 
 
 Mar. 
 D. M. 
 
 April 
 D. M. 
 
 May 
 
 D. M 
 
 June 
 
 D. M. 
 
 i 
 
 23 
 
 b oc 
 
 t 7 S 02 
 
 7 S 30 
 
 4N37 
 
 1 5 N ob 
 
 22 N 05 
 
 2 
 
 2 2 
 
 55 
 
 I 6 
 
 45 
 
 7 
 
 07 
 
 5 
 
 oc 
 
 f 5 
 
 26 
 
 22 
 
 2 3 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 49 
 
 i 6 
 
 27 
 
 6 
 
 44 
 
 5 
 
 2 5 
 
 J 5 
 
 4 5 
 
 22 
 
 21 
 
 4 
 
 22 
 
 43 
 
 16 
 
 09 
 
 6 
 
 2 1 
 
 5 
 
 4 e 
 
 16 
 
 Oi 
 
 22 
 
 28 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 3 6 
 
 ! 5 
 
 5* 
 
 5 
 
 53 
 
 6 
 
 _£9 
 
 r6 
 
 18 
 
 ^2 
 
 35 
 
 6 
 
 ;22 
 
 2 3 
 
 * 5 « 
 
 3 2 
 
 5 
 
 34 
 
 IT 
 
 3' 
 
 ,i b 
 
 35 
 
 2 2 
 
 41 
 
 7 
 
 '22 
 
 2 2 
 
 p 5 
 
 M 
 
 ; 5 
 
 1 1 
 
 6 
 
 54 
 
 1 6 
 
 5 2 
 
 22 
 
 47 
 
 8 
 
 2 2 
 
 J 4 
 
 ! 4 
 
 55 
 
 4 
 
 48 
 
 7 
 
 it 
 
 <7 
 
 Ob 
 
 22 
 
 53 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 05 
 
 ^ 4 
 
 3 6 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 7 
 
 39 
 
 * 7 
 
 24 
 
 22 
 
 5 8 
 
 IO 
 
 > r 
 
 5 f 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 0 ' 
 
 8 
 
 03 
 
 '7 
 
 4 C 
 
 2 3 
 
 01 
 
 i i 
 
 2 1 
 
 47 
 
 1 3 
 
 5& 
 
 3 
 
 37 
 
 ~s" 
 
 22 
 
 17 
 
 5 fc 
 
 2 3 
 
 °7 
 
 ■ 12 
 
 2 I 
 
 37 
 
 3 
 
 3 e 
 
 3 
 
 m 
 
 8 
 
 45 
 
 i 8 
 
 1 3 
 
 2 3 
 
 1 1 
 
 [ l 3 
 
 ?I 
 
 27 
 
 l 3 
 
 16 
 
 2 
 
 5° 
 
 9 
 
 ^7 
 
 £8 
 
 it 
 
 2 3 
 
 l 5 
 
 f 1 4 
 
 2 t 
 
 1 6 
 
 12 
 
 56 
 
 2 
 
 2/ 
 
 9 
 
 2b 
 
 1 8 
 
 4 C 
 
 2 3 
 
 18 
 
 1 1 4 
 
 21 
 
 05 
 
 2 
 
 35 
 
 2 
 
 03 
 
 9* 
 
 5 C 
 
 r 8 
 
 55 
 
 2 3 
 
 21 
 
 ■ 1 0 
 
 20 
 
 55 
 
 22 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 39 
 
 IO 
 
 1 1 
 
 r 9 
 
 09 
 
 2 3 
 
 2 3 
 
 l 7 
 
 20 
 
 42 
 
 1 r 
 
 54 
 
 1 
 
 1 5 
 
 iO 
 
 3 2 
 
 l 9 
 
 22 
 
 2 3 
 
 2 5 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 3 C 
 
 i 1 
 
 33 
 
 0 
 
 5* 
 
 10 
 
 53 
 
 19 
 
 3 e 
 
 2 3 
 
 26 
 
 r 9 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 t j 
 
 « 1 
 
 0 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 M 
 
 l 9 
 
 4 ‘- 
 
 2 3 
 
 27 
 
 20 
 
 20 
 
 °5 
 
 1 0 
 
 _ 5 £ 
 
 0 
 
 04 
 
 1 1 
 
 35 
 
 20 
 
 O) 
 
 2 3 
 
 28 
 
 2 1 
 
 19 
 
 5 1 
 
 10 
 
 2b 
 
 oN rc 
 
 1 1 
 
 55 
 
 20 
 
 *3 
 
 2 3 
 
 29 
 
 22 
 
 19 
 
 3 s 
 
 10 
 
 06 
 
 O 
 
 43 . 
 
 12 
 
 r 5| 
 
 20 
 
 25 
 
 2 3 
 
 29 
 
 2 3 
 
 19 
 
 2-1 
 
 9 
 
 44 
 
 I 
 
 07 
 
 f 2 
 
 35 
 
 20 
 
 37 
 
 2 3 
 
 28 
 
 ! 2 4 
 
 »9 
 
 : o S . 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 I 
 
 30 
 
 12 
 
 55 
 
 20 
 
 4b 
 
 2 3 
 
 2 7 
 
 25 
 
 1 8 
 
 54 
 
 9 
 
 00 
 
 T 
 
 54 
 
 l 3 
 
 15 
 
 20 
 
 59 
 
 2 3 
 
 2 5 
 
 26 
 
 18 
 
 39 
 
 8 
 
 37 
 
 2 
 
 1 7 
 
 l 3 
 
 34 -' 
 
 2 I 
 
 IG 
 
 2 3 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 18 
 
 24 
 
 8 
 
 15 
 
 2 
 
 41 
 
 J 3 
 
 53 
 
 II 
 
 2C 
 
 2 3 
 
 21 
 
 f 28 
 
 18 
 
 08 
 
 7 
 
 5 2 
 
 3 
 
 04 
 
 14 
 
 j 2 
 
 21 
 
 3 C 
 
 2 3 
 
 *9 
 
 < 2 9 
 
 l 7 
 
 5 2 
 
 
 — 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 f 4 
 
 3 1 
 
 21 
 
 39 
 
 2 3 
 
 16 
 
 3 ° 
 
 n 
 
 0 A 
 . 3 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 5 1 
 
 '4 
 
 5 ° 
 
 21 
 
 48 
 
 2 3 
 
 12 
 
 , 3 V 
 
 17 
 
 1 O 
 
 
 
 
 14 
 
 
 
 n r 
 
 57 
 
 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 2 i 
 
 
 
TABLE I. 
 
 A TA BLE of the Sun's Declination exactly calculated for the 
 Year 1764, which (for the Ufe of Dialling) will ferve 
 for this Age without any fen (ifele Error, 
 
 
 July 
 
 D. M 
 
 Aug. 
 
 D. M. 
 
 Sept. 
 
 D. m; 
 
 Qttob. 
 
 D. M. 
 
 Novem. 
 
 D. M. 
 
 Decemb. 
 D. M 
 
 .... 
 
 -< 
 
 23 Nob 
 
 i « No2 
 
 8N it 
 
 3 s *5 
 
 I 4 23 3 ff 
 
 2 1 s ~53 
 
 2 
 
 2 3 
 
 04 
 
 
 47 
 
 7 
 
 54 
 
 3 
 
 3 8 
 
 r 4 
 
 50 : 
 
 22 
 
 02 
 
 3 
 
 22 
 
 59 
 
 l? 
 
 3 1 
 
 7 
 
 3 2 
 
 4 
 
 01 
 
 *5 
 
 09 ' 
 
 22 
 
 IO 
 
 4 1 
 
 ‘22 
 
 54 . 
 
 l 7 
 
 J 5 
 
 7 
 
 IC 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 *5 
 
 28 ' 
 
 22 
 
 18 
 
 5 
 
 •2 2- 
 
 49 
 
 l6 
 
 59 
 
 6 
 
 47 
 
 4 
 
 48 
 
 1 5 
 
 46 ' 
 
 22 
 
 26 
 
 6 
 
 2 2 
 
 45 
 
 16 
 
 43 
 
 O 
 
 25 
 
 5 
 
 i r 
 
 l6 
 
 04 
 
 22 
 
 33 
 
 7 
 
 2 2 
 
 37 
 
 l6 
 
 26 
 
 6 
 
 03 
 
 5 
 
 34 
 
 1 6 
 
 22 
 
 22 
 
 40 
 
 8 
 
 22 
 
 3 ° 
 
 i6 
 
 °9 
 
 5 
 
 4 C 
 
 5 
 
 57 
 
 16 
 
 40 
 
 22 
 
 47 
 
 9 
 
 2 2 
 
 2 3 
 
 ‘5 
 
 5 2 
 
 5 
 
 J 7 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 16 
 
 57 
 
 2 2 
 
 53 
 
 IC 
 
 22 
 
 l6 
 
 14 
 
 34 
 
 4 
 
 5/: 
 
 6 
 
 43 
 
 17 
 
 M 
 
 2 2 
 
 5 8 
 
 I 1 
 
 2 2 
 
 OS 
 
 £ 5 
 
 17 
 
 
 3 2 
 
 7 
 
 05 
 
 17 
 
 3 1 
 
 2 3 
 
 ^3 
 
 12 
 
 2 2 
 
 oc 
 
 14 
 
 59 
 
 4 
 
 °9 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 ! 7 
 
 47 
 
 2 3 
 
 OS 
 
 £ 3 
 
 21 
 
 5 1 
 
 >4 
 
 40 
 
 3 
 
 46 
 
 7 
 
 5 1 
 
 18 
 
 03 
 
 23 
 
 I 2 
 
 14 
 
 21 
 
 42 
 
 
 22 
 
 3 
 
 2 3 
 
 8 
 
 13 
 
 1 8 
 
 *9 
 
 23 
 
 l6 
 
 £5 
 
 2 I 
 
 33 
 
 r 4 
 
 03 
 
 2 
 
 59 
 
 8 
 
 35 
 
 18 
 
 34 
 
 23 
 
 1 9 
 
 16 
 
 2 1 
 
 2 3 
 
 *3 
 
 44 
 
 2 
 
 3 6 
 
 8 
 
 5 8 
 
 18 
 
 49 
 
 2 3 
 
 22, 
 
 l 7 
 
 2f 
 
 *3 
 
 *3 
 
 2 5 
 
 2 
 
 J 3 
 
 9 
 
 20 
 
 ! 9 
 
 04 
 
 2 3 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 21 
 
 °3 
 
 *3 
 
 06 
 
 1 
 
 5 ° 
 
 9 
 
 42 
 
 : 9 
 
 19 
 
 2 3 
 
 26 
 
 l 9 
 
 20 
 
 5 2 
 
 12 
 
 46 
 
 1 
 
 26 
 
 10 
 
 °3 
 
 19 
 
 33 
 
 2 3 
 
 2 7. 
 
 2C 
 
 20 
 
 4 > 
 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 i 
 
 03 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 i 9 
 
 46 
 
 2 3 
 
 28 : 
 
 21 
 
 20 
 
 30 
 
 l 2 
 
 °7 
 
 0 
 
 40 
 
 IO 
 
 47 
 
 20 
 
 00 
 
 23 
 
 , 2 9 
 
 2 2 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 I I 
 
 47 
 
 0 
 
 16 
 
 I I 
 
 08 
 
 20 
 
 : 3 
 
 2 3 
 
 29 
 
 2 3 
 
 20 
 
 06 
 
 I I 
 
 26 
 
 0 
 
 S 07 
 
 I I 
 
 29 
 
 1 20 
 
 2 5 
 
 2 3 
 
 28' 
 
 24 
 
 l 9 
 
 53 
 
 [ I 
 
 06 
 
 0 
 
 3 1 
 
 II 
 
 50 
 
 > 20 
 
 38 
 
 2 3 
 
 27 
 
 15 
 
 l 9 
 
 40 
 
 f O 
 
 4/: 
 
 0 
 
 54 
 
 12 
 
 1 1 
 
 20 
 
 50 
 
 2 3 
 
 2 5 
 
 26 
 
 >9 
 
 2 7 
 
 10 
 
 24 
 
 1 
 
 18 
 
 12 
 
 3 2 
 
 21 
 
 05 
 
 2 3 
 
 2 3 
 
 2 7 
 
 r 9 
 
 
 10 
 
 °3 
 
 i 
 
 41 
 
 1 2 
 
 5 2 
 
 : 2 I 
 
 12 
 
 2 3 
 
 2 1 
 
 28 
 
 *9 
 
 oc 
 
 9 
 
 4 2 
 
 2 
 
 04 
 
 *3 
 
 12 
 
 : 2 I 
 
 2 3 
 
 2 3 
 
 18 
 
 2 9 
 
 18 
 
 46 
 
 9 
 
 2 1 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 *3 
 
 3 2 
 
 : 21 
 
 33 
 
 ! 2 3 
 
 *5 
 
 30 
 
 18 
 
 3 2 
 
 8 
 
 59 
 
 ! 2 
 
 5 1 
 
 *3 
 
 5 2 
 
 : 2 1 
 
 42 
 
 : 2 3 
 
 1 5 
 
 31 
 
 r8 
 
 17 
 
 8 
 
 38 
 
 
 
 • H 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 ■ 2 3 
 
 06 
 
Explanation and Use 
 
 Of the foregoing 
 
 T A B L E. 
 
 HTHIS Table fhews you the Sun's Declination * 
 '*• every Day at Noon , and is|exa£tly calculated 
 to theY ear 1764 to the Meridian of London, which 
 will ferve for this Age near enough for any Purpofe 
 In Dialling. 
 
 Note, D Hands for Degrees, M for Minutes, N 
 for North Declination, and S for South. 
 
 It is of good ufe to find the Latitude of the Place 
 of your Habitation : this may be done by taking 
 the height of the Sun at Noon with your Quadrant : 
 and if the Suns Declination be South, add it to the 
 Altitude or Height at Noon, but if it be North 
 substract : the Sum or Difference is the height 
 of the EquinoSlial or Complement of the Latitude in 
 the Northen Hemifphere, but in the Southern ufe 
 the contrary Titles. 
 
 * The Declination of the Sun> is his Difance from the Equinoctial., and 
 in all Things of this kind the Sun is fuppofed to move parallel to the 
 Equinoctial all that Day, and tho’ it does not fo in fad, yet itferves in 
 Dialling near enough the Truth ; and this Declination never exceeds 
 23 Deg. 29 Min * as appears by the Table. 
 
 Example \ 
 
The Explanation and Ule, &c. 
 
 Example. 
 
 7 1 
 
 Admit you are at a certain Place in the North of 
 England, &c. and upon the 14th of February you 
 obferve the Sun’s height at Noon with your Qua- 
 drant to be 22 Deg. 37 Min. what is the Latitude 
 of Obfervation f 
 
 Operation. 
 
 To the Sun's Altitude obferved — — • 
 
 Adi the Surds Declination $. — - — 
 
 Sum is the height of the EquinoBial 
 SubfraB it from a Quadraib^ot — 
 
 The Latitude of the Place North is — 
 
 Example 2. 
 
 From the Sun's Altitude obferved — 
 SuhJlraB th e Sun's Declination North — 
 
 Remains the Complement of the Latitude 
 SubfiraB from a Quadrant or — — - 
 
 Deg . Min » 
 22 37 
 
 12 56 
 
 ~ — 3? 
 
 33 
 
 — 90 
 
 00 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 vn | 
 
 4- 
 
 27 
 
 Deg. Min . 
 
 - — 44 
 
 
 — — 10 
 
 53 
 
 — — 33 
 
 58 
 
 — -—9° 
 
 00 
 
 Remains the Latitude North 
 
 — — ~ 56 02 
 
 f 4 
 
 TABLE 
 
72 
 
 TABLE IL 
 
 A TABL& of the Equation of iime for Regulating Pendulum 
 Clocks and Watches by a Sun Dial. 
 
 C 
 
 *-< 
 
 C/5 
 
 Jan. 
 
 M. S. 
 
 Feb 
 
 ,VI. s. 
 
 ; Mar. 
 M S 
 
 Apr. 
 M. S 
 
 May 
 M. S. 
 
 June 
 M. S 
 
 I 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 9 
 
 iC 
 
 l i 
 l 2 
 
 93 
 
 5 4 
 
 *5 
 
 4 6 
 
 4 ^ 34 
 
 5 £ 2 
 
 5 S* 3 o 
 5 57 
 
 ‘4 13 
 
 ! 4 20 
 
 14 27 
 
 14 32 
 
 14 37 
 
 12 48 
 
 12 36 
 
 12 23 
 
 12 5 
 
 .1 55 
 
 4 1 
 
 3 43 
 
 3 25 
 
 3 6 
 
 2 48 
 
 3 8 
 
 3 16 
 
 3 23 
 
 3 3 C 
 
 3 36 
 
 2 4- 
 
 2 3 1 
 
 2 2( 
 
 2 I< 
 
 2 C 
 
 6 24 
 
 6 § 5 ° 
 
 7 B 3 16 
 
 7 » 41 
 
 8 6 
 
 1 4 4} 
 
 *4 44 
 
 ‘4 47 
 
 14 48 
 
 ! 4 49 
 
 2 1 4? 
 
 f I 26 
 
 u II 
 
 IQ 56 
 
 IO 40 
 
 2 30 
 
 2 ^ j 3 
 
 * £ 55 
 ' S- 38 
 
 I 2! 
 
 3 42 
 
 3 47 
 
 3 5 1 
 
 3 55 
 
 3 5 8 
 
 1 55 
 
 1 JS 45 
 
 l » 3; 
 
 I 3- 2( 
 
 « M 
 
 8 30 
 
 8 59 
 
 9 22 
 
 9 44 
 
 to 5 
 
 s 4 49 
 
 ! 4 ^48 
 14 ^ 47 
 
 H S- 44 
 14 41 
 
 i O 24 
 
 10 * 7 
 9 “ 5 ° 
 9 3 - 33 
 9 1 6 
 
 1 4 
 
 O 0 48 
 0^32 
 O P l6 
 
 0 1 
 
 4 0 
 
 4 3 2 
 
 4 £ 4 
 
 4 &■ 5 
 
 4 5 
 
 1 2 
 
 0 | 5 c 
 
 0 a 38 
 0 | 26 
 
 0 • 13 
 
 16 
 
 *7 
 1 8 
 19 
 
 , 20 
 
 2 1 
 £2 
 
 2 3 
 
 24 
 
 2 5 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 9 
 
 3 ° 
 
 10 26 
 
 10 46 
 
 $ 
 
 1 1 2^ 
 
 1 1 42 
 
 14 37 
 
 >4 § 33 
 14 _ 28 
 14 p 2.? 
 14 *5 
 
 8 58 
 
 8 0 4c 1 
 8 ° 22 
 8 p 4 
 
 7 46 
 
 0 ** 14 
 
 0 ^ 2 9 
 
 0 § 43 
 
 0 ^ 57 
 
 1 1 ? 
 
 4 5 
 
 4 0 4 
 
 4 ° 2 
 
 4 s 3 O 
 
 3 5 58 
 
 O * I 
 
 0 * 22 
 
 0 ^ 25 
 1 38 
 ° ^ 50 
 
 11 59 
 
 12 15 
 
 12 -3C 
 
 i2 45 
 
 12 59 
 
 14 8 
 
 14 0 
 
 13 52 
 
 •3 43 
 
 l 3 33 
 
 7 27 
 
 7 9 
 
 6 50 
 
 6 31 
 
 6 13 
 
 1 2 4 
 
 1 0 37 
 
 0 - 
 
 * a 49 
 
 2 | i 
 
 2 * 12 
 
 3 . 55 
 
 3 5 1 
 
 3 47 
 
 3 4 2 
 
 3 37 
 
 1 3 
 
 1 S' 16 
 1 p 29 
 
 1 p 42 
 * ’ 55 
 
 13 12 
 
 ? 3 24 
 
 3 36 
 
 >3 46 
 
 '3 5 6 
 
 f3 22 
 
 12 
 
 *3 0 
 
 5 54 
 
 5 35 
 
 5 16 
 
 4 57 
 
 4 39 
 
 2 23 
 
 2 33 
 
 2 43 
 
 2 52 
 
 3 0 
 
 3 31 
 
 3 25 
 
 3 18 
 
 3 ” 
 
 3 3 
 
 2 7 
 
 2 20 
 
 2 32 
 
 2 44 
 
 2 56 
 
 *4 5 
 
 
 4 20 
 
 1 2 5? 
 
 
T A B L E II. 
 
 A TABLE of tne Equation of ‘lime for Regulating Pendulum 
 Clocks and Watches by a Sun Dial, 
 
 s?i i° ly 
 
 ^ M. S. 
 
 Auu. | Sep. 
 
 M. SJM. S. 
 
 1 
 
 Oct. 
 
 JVL S. 
 
 Nov. 
 
 M. S. 
 
 Dec. 
 
 M. S. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 rt 
 
 J 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 3 « 
 
 3 *9 
 
 3 Z 1 
 
 3 4 2 
 
 3 5 Z 
 
 5 4 6 
 
 5 4 2 
 
 5 3 ' 
 
 5 33 
 
 5 
 
 018 
 
 0 55 36 
 
 0 24 5 5 
 
 1 S- 14 
 
 1 34 
 
 IO 23 
 
 10 42 
 
 I l O 
 
 11 18 
 
 £1 36 
 
 l6 13 
 
 16 13 
 
 l6 I3 
 
 l6 12 
 
 l6 IO 
 
 10 32 
 
 10 q 
 
 9 45 
 
 9 20 
 
 8 55 
 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 S 
 
 9 
 
 no 
 
 4 2 
 
 4 12 
 
 4 22 
 
 4 3 « 
 
 4 40 
 
 S 22 
 
 5 1 5 
 
 5 8 
 
 5 0 
 
 4 52 
 
 1 „ Si 
 
 2 § *4 
 2 » 34 
 
 2 1 54 
 
 3 ' «4 
 
 1 53 
 
 1 2 10 
 
 1 2 27 
 
 ■ 2 43 
 
 12 58 
 
 16 8 
 
 16 4 
 
 16 0 
 
 l S 54 
 
 1? 48 
 
 8 29 
 
 8 3 
 
 7 37 
 
 7 io 
 
 6 42 
 
 i i 
 f 2 
 
 *3 
 
 *4 
 
 1 5 
 
 4 48 
 
 4 ^ 5 6 
 
 a 3 4 
 
 5 cf 1 1 
 
 s 17 
 
 4 43 
 
 4 34 
 
 4 24 
 
 4 '3 
 
 4 2 
 
 3 35 
 
 3 55 
 
 4 16 
 
 4 37 
 
 4 5 8 
 
 '3 J 3 
 
 13 3 28 
 
 13 M 42 
 
 *3 £ 56 
 
 14 9 
 
 IS 4 
 
 «5 ^ 34 
 15 g 25 
 15 tr 16 
 
 15 6 
 
 6 14 
 
 5 46 
 
 5 18 
 
 4 49 
 
 4 19 
 
 16 
 
 5 7 
 
 t8 
 
 *9 
 
 20 
 
 5 „ 23 
 5 § 29 
 5 & 34 
 5 P 39 
 5 43 
 
 ! 3 50 
 
 3 3 8 
 
 3 26 
 
 2 12 
 
 2 59 
 
 5 *9 
 
 5 4 o 
 
 6 j 
 
 6 22 
 
 6 42 
 
 4 22 
 
 ‘4 f 33 
 >4 a 45 
 H | 56 
 iS * 6 
 
 r 4 „ 55 
 H § 43 
 14 a 30 
 14 | 16 
 *4 2 
 
 3 <■ 50 
 3 ? 20 
 
 2 L 1 
 
 2 „ 21 
 
 1 § s 1 
 
 21 
 
 22 
 
 2 3 
 
 24 
 
 2 5 
 
 5 46 
 
 5 49 
 
 S 5 ' 
 
 ; 53 
 
 5 54 
 
 2 45 
 
 2 3 3 o 
 2 ? 15 
 
 0 
 
 p - * 
 
 2 0 
 
 1 44 
 
 7 3 
 
 7 24 
 
 7 44 
 
 8 5 
 
 8 25 
 
 13 15 
 
 15 24 
 
 15 32 
 
 15 40 
 
 15 46 
 
 13 46 
 
 13 3 ° 
 
 •3 >3 
 
 12 56 
 
 12 38 
 
 1 1? 20 
 
 ° 3 50 
 0*2© 
 
 0 * 10 
 0 40 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 30 
 
 5 55 
 
 5 55 
 
 5 54 
 
 5 S 3 
 
 5 5 1 
 
 * 28 
 
 1 s II 
 
 0 Z 54 
 
 0 S, 36 
 
 0 * 19 
 
 8 45 
 
 9 5 
 
 9 25 
 
 9 45 
 
 IO 4 
 
 15 52 
 
 15 58 
 
 16 2 
 
 16 6 
 
 16 9 
 
 r2 18 
 
 11 58 
 
 1 1 38 
 
 11 17 
 
 10 55 
 
 1 S: 10 
 
 1 g 40 
 
 2 5*' 10 
 
 2 2,39 
 
 3 1 8 
 
 L 
 
 ! S 49 
 
 0 * 3 
 
 
 16 11 
 
 
 3 37 
 
74 
 
 THE 
 
 Explanation and Use 
 
 Of the foregoing 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 npHis is a Table of Equation of 'Time, that is, 
 it (hews you what the Sun gains or lofes of the 
 Pendulum Clockevery Day ; for the PendulumClock 
 keeps equal ’Time all the Year round, tho’ the Sun 
 doth not do fo, but is very unequal in its Motion, 
 fomtimes too fajl , and at other Times too flow, as 
 the Table plainly fhewsj fo that if at any Time you 
 want to fet your Clock or Watch by your Sun-Dial 
 you mult look into this Table, and obferve what 
 the Equation is on that Day, and fet it accordingly, 
 fo many Minutes and Seconds, fafter or flower, as you 
 fee the Clock is too fajl or too flow for the Sun. 
 
 For Inflance , January 14 at Noon, I fee the 
 Clock is 9 Min. 44 Seconds too fafl for the Sun , &c. 
 therefore the Clock Ihould be ietpMin. 44Seconds 
 fafler than a Sun Dial. 
 
 On May the 10th, at Noon the Clock is 3 Min. 
 58 Seconds, too flow, therefore when it is twelve 
 by a Sun Dial, the Clock mull be fet to 56 Min. 2 
 Seconds after Eleven. 
 
 TAB1LE 
 
75 
 
 
 
 
 T 
 
 A B L 
 
 , E 
 
 III. 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 TA BJ 
 
 ,S ft 
 
 converting Hours and Minutes of lime into 
 
 
 Degrees and Minutes of the Equinottial ; 
 
 and for the turn- 
 
 
 in g of Degrees and Minutes of the Equinottial into 
 
 Hours 
 
 and Minutes cf 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 c 
 
 
 7 O 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 O 
 
 / 
 
 ! l 7 
 
 0 
 
 1 
 
 
 / 
 
 / 
 
 1 
 
 /. 
 
 / n 
 
 / 
 
 // 
 
 
 / 
 
 n 
 
 f 
 
 / /. 
 
 II 
 
 11 
 
 Ih 
 
 1 1 11 / 
 
 // 
 
 ill 
 
 111 
 
 11 
 
 111 
 
 1 
 
 *5 
 
 I 
 
 O 
 
 *5 
 
 121 
 
 5 
 
 “1 
 
 I 5, 
 
 4 1 
 
 IO 
 
 15 
 
 <2 
 
 3° 
 
 2 
 
 O 
 
 3 C 
 
 1 122 
 
 5 
 
 3°! 
 
 42 
 
 IO 
 
 30 
 
 • 
 
 45 
 
 3 
 
 O 
 
 45 
 
 I 2 3 
 
 5 
 
 45! 
 
 43 
 
 IO 
 
 45 
 
 A 
 
 6 o 
 
 
 I 
 
 O 
 
 124 
 
 6 
 
 Oj 
 
 44 
 
 I I 
 
 0 
 
 5 
 
 75 
 
 5 
 
 I 
 
 J 5 
 
 2 5 
 
 6 
 
 * 
 
 *5; 
 
 45 
 
 I I 
 
 *5 
 
 t 
 
 90 
 
 6 
 
 I 
 
 3° 
 
 26: 
 
 1 6 
 
 3°! 
 
 46 
 
 I I 
 
 3° 
 
 7 
 
 105 
 
 7 
 
 I 
 
 45 
 
 27 
 
 6 
 
 45; 
 
 47 
 
 I I 
 
 45 
 
 8 
 
 120 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 c 
 
 28 
 
 7 _ 
 
 O! 
 
 i 
 
 48 
 
 I2 _. 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 J 35 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 J 5 
 
 2 9 
 
 7 
 
 I 
 
 >5; 
 
 49! 
 
 12 
 
 T 5 
 
 (O 
 
 r 5 ° 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 3° 
 
 |3° 
 
 7 
 
 3° 
 
 5o 
 
 12 
 
 3 ° 
 
 1 1 
 
 i6 5 
 
 1 1 
 
 2 
 
 45 
 
 3 1 
 
 7 
 
 45 
 
 5i 
 
 12 
 
 45 
 
 12 
 
 1 80 
 
 12 
 
 .3 
 
 0 
 
 3 2 
 
 8 
 
 0 
 
 5 2 
 
 *3 
 
 0 
 
 *3 
 
 J 95 
 
 ! 3 
 
 3 
 
 *5 
 
 |33 
 
 8 
 
 *5 
 
 53, 
 
 *3 
 
 1 5 
 
 14 . 
 
 i 
 
 2 IC 
 
 *4 
 
 3 
 
 3° 
 
 I 34 
 
 8 
 
 3° 
 
 54 
 
 J 3 
 
 3° 
 
 f 5 
 
 22 5 
 
 1 5 
 
 3 
 
 45 
 
 |35 
 
 8 
 
 45 
 
 55 
 
 *3 
 
 45 
 
 r 6 
 
 240 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 0 
 
 3 ^ 
 
 9 
 
 0 
 
 5 6 
 
 14 
 
 0 
 
 *7 
 
 2 55 
 
 *7 
 
 4 
 
 15 
 
 37 . 
 
 9 
 
 *5 
 
 57 
 
 14 
 
 J 5 
 
 1 8 
 
 270 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 30 
 
 3 8 ! 
 
 9 
 
 3° 
 
 58 
 
 *4 
 
 3 ° 
 
 *9 
 
 28 5 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 45 
 
 39' 
 
 9 
 
 45 
 
 59 
 
 H 
 
 45 
 
 20 
 
 3°g 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 o, 
 
 4°; 
 
 10 
 
 o, 
 
 60 
 
 r 5 
 
 0 
 
 21 
 
 3*5 
 
 
 
 r hi 
 
 
 f Hours 
 
 
 22 
 
 33 ° 
 
 Note 
 
 1 ° 
 < ' 
 
 1 
 
 V Hand for 
 
 | Degrees 
 ’ ^ Minutes 
 
 
 2 3 ; 
 
 345 
 
 
 
 1 " 
 
 1 
 
 
 j Seconds 
 
 
 2 4; 
 
 360 
 
 
 
 i ,n j 
 
 
 L Thirds 
 
 
THE 
 
 Explanation and Use 
 
 Of the foregoing 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 npHIS Table Ihews how to convert Time into 
 Motion, and Motion intoTime ; as fuppofe I had 
 5 Hours 13 Min. 29 Seconds to be turned into De- 
 grees and Minutes of the Equinoctial, i. e. into Mo- 
 tion ‘ 3 the Operation ftands thus, 
 
 D. M. S. 
 
 5 Hours 75 o o"| 
 
 13 Minutes — 3 15 o > add 
 
 29 Seconds — o 7 15J 
 
 The Sim — — — — 78 22 15 for anfiver. 
 
 Again, fuppofe I would turn 78 22 Af/«. 
 
 1 5 Seconds into Time, then the work will Hand thus. 
 
 Degrees 
 
 Degrees 
 
 Minutes 
 
 Minutes 
 
 Seconds 
 
 H. M. S. 
 500' 
 
 012 o 
 o 1 o y add 
 
 0 1 28 ‘ 
 
 001 
 
 The Sunt — — — 5 14 29 for anfwer. 
 
 N . B. There being the fame Number, either of Minutes , Seconds or 
 thirds in an Hour , as there are Minutes , Seconds or Thirds in a Degree ; 
 therefore the Head of each Column in the Table is marked with three 
 different Chara&ers, that the fame Column might ferve for either , Thus 
 againft 12 in the third Column (marked at the Top with 
 Hands 3. o. in the Fourth Column, and fignifies either 3 Degrees , 3 
 Minutes , or 3 Seconds according as the fir ft fignified either 12 Minutes , 
 1 1 Seconds , or 12 Thirds 9 and the fame is to be underflood of the refl. 
 
 TABLE 
 
/ i 
 
 ?r 
 
 
 
 
 T 
 
 A 
 
 B ] 
 
 L E 
 
 IV. 
 
 
 
 .! 
 
 
 £ 
 
 A TABLE 
 
 of Meridional Angles , 
 
 fhewing the Degrees of 
 
 US 
 
 O 
 
 G 
 
 
 *n 
 
 each Hour Line 
 
 from 
 
 12 a 
 
 - clock , 
 
 upon all Horizontal and 
 
 5 * 
 
 
 a 
 
 North and South Bredi Dire£t Reclining and Inclining Dials , 
 
 5 
 
 
 £ 
 
 from the Equinottial 
 
 to the Poles . 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 XI 
 
 1: 
 
 X 
 
 n 
 
 IX 
 
 in ’ 
 
 V^III 
 
 IV 
 
 VII 
 
 V 
 
 VI 
 
 t“ 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. M. 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 OO 
 
 O 
 
 OO 
 
 O 
 
 00 
 
 O 
 
 00 
 
 0 
 
 00 
 
 OO O 
 
 90 
 
 
 i 
 
 O 
 
 l6 
 
 O 
 
 34 
 
 I 
 
 00 
 
 I 
 
 44 
 
 3 
 
 44 
 
 90 O 
 
 89 
 
 
 2 
 
 O 
 
 32 
 
 I 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 00 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 7 
 
 25 
 
 90 O 
 
 88: 
 
 
 3 
 
 O 
 
 48 
 
 I 
 
 44 
 
 3 
 
 00 
 
 9 
 
 1 1 
 
 11 
 
 3 
 
 90 c 
 
 87 
 
 
 4 
 
 1 
 
 s 
 
 2 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 00 
 
 6 
 
 54 
 
 H 
 
 36 
 
 90 0 
 
 86 
 
 ! 
 
 
 5 
 
 I 
 
 20 
 
 2 
 
 52 
 
 4 
 
 58 
 
 8 
 
 35 
 
 18 
 
 1 
 
 90 0! 
 
 i 8 5 
 
 
 6 
 
 I 
 
 3 6 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 5 
 
 58 
 
 10 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 >9 
 
 90 084 
 
 
 ? 
 
 1 
 
 S 2 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 57 
 
 1 1 
 
 55 
 
 24 
 
 27 
 
 90 0 
 
 S 3 
 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 4 
 
 37 
 
 7 
 
 55 
 
 ! 3 
 
 33 
 
 27 
 
 23 
 
 90 0 
 
 82 
 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 9 
 
 8 
 
 54 
 
 15 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 J 7 
 
 90 0 
 
 81 
 
 
 10 
 
 2 
 
 40 
 
 5 
 
 43 
 
 9 
 
 5 1 
 
 16 
 
 44 
 
 32 
 
 55 
 
 90 c 
 
 8c 
 
 
 1 1 
 
 2 
 
 55 
 
 6 
 
 *7 
 
 10 
 
 48 
 
 18 
 
 17 
 
 35 
 
 27 
 
 90 0 
 
 75 
 
 
 12 
 
 3 
 
 1 1 
 
 6 
 
 S 1 
 
 11 
 
 45 
 
 l 9 
 
 40 
 
 37 
 
 49 
 
 90 c 
 
 1 78 
 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 12 
 
 41 
 
 21 
 
 17 
 
 40 
 
 1 
 
 90 c 
 
 '77 
 
 
 H 
 
 3 
 
 43 
 
 7 
 
 57 
 
 13 
 
 36 
 
 22 
 
 44 
 
 42 
 
 4 
 
 90 c 
 
 76 
 
 
 * 5 
 
 3 
 
 58 
 
 8 
 
 30 
 
 14 
 
 3 ! 
 
 24 
 
 0 
 
 44 
 
 0 
 
 go 0 
 
 75 
 
 
 16 
 
 4 
 
 »3 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 *5 
 
 25 
 
 25 
 
 3 1 
 
 45 
 
 49 
 
 90 0 
 
 74 
 
 
 ! 7 
 
 4 
 
 29 
 
 9 
 
 35 
 
 16 
 
 26 
 
 26 
 
 5 2 
 
 47 
 
 27 
 
 90 0 
 
 l 73 
 
 
 18 
 
 4 
 
 44 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 17 
 
 10 
 
 28 
 
 9 
 
 49 
 
 4 
 
 90 c 
 
 ,72 
 
 
 19 
 
 4 
 
 59 
 
 10 
 
 39 
 
 18 
 
 2 
 
 29 
 
 25 
 
 50 
 
 33 
 
 90 c 
 
 7 i 
 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 H 
 
 1 1 
 
 10 
 
 18 
 
 53 
 
 3 ° 
 
 39 
 
 5 i 
 
 55 
 
 90 0 
 
 7 C 
 
 
 21 
 
 5 
 
 29 
 
 1 1 
 
 4 1 
 
 19 
 
 44 
 
 3 1 
 
 5 ° 
 
 53 
 
 9 
 
 90 c 
 
 1 65 
 
 . 
 
 22 
 
 5 
 
 44 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 20 
 
 32 
 
 32 
 
 58 
 
 54 
 
 21 
 
 90 c 
 
 > 6) 
 
 
 23 
 
 5 
 
 59 
 
 12 
 
 43 
 
 21 
 
 20 
 
 34 
 
 5 
 
 55 
 
 30 
 
 90 c 
 
 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 M 
 
 13 
 
 13 
 
 2 2 
 
 8 
 
 35 
 
 10 
 
 5 6 
 
 37 
 
 90 c 
 
 >6£ 
 
 
 2 5 
 
 6 
 
 28 
 
 *3 
 
 43 
 
 22 
 
 55 
 
 36 
 
 12 
 
 57 
 
 34 
 
 ■ 9° c 
 
 ,65 
 
 
 26 
 
 6 
 
 42 
 
 *4 
 
 12 
 
 23 
 
 4 C 
 
 37 
 
 1 3 
 
 58 
 
 34 
 
 90 c 
 
 > 64 
 
 \ 
 
 27 
 
 6 
 
 5 6 
 
 114 
 
 4 > 
 
 24 
 
 2 5 
 
 38 
 
 1 1 
 
 59 
 
 27 
 
 90 c 
 
 > 6 - 
 
 » 1 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 1 C 
 
 
 1C 
 
 ,2 S 
 
 9 
 
 39 
 
 7 
 
 1 60 
 
 17 
 
 90 c 
 
 > 6 : 
 
 l ' 
 
 29 
 
 7 
 
 24 
 
 1 5 
 
 4c 
 
 ’ 2; 
 
 52 
 
 40 
 
 2 
 
 : 6l 
 
 4 
 
 90 c 
 
 > 61 
 
 1 
 
 £ 
 
 ' 7 
 
 38 
 
 416 
 
 t 
 
 126 
 
 33 
 
 4 ° 
 
 54 
 
 . 6l 
 
 49 
 
 90 c 
 
 i]6q] 
 
7 8 
 
 4 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 A 
 
 B 
 
 L E 
 
 IV. 
 
 
 
 
 OL 
 
 EC 
 
 A 
 
 TABLE 
 
 of Meridional Angles , 
 
 (hewing the. Degrees 
 
 of 
 
 0 
 
 c 
 
 o 
 
 p! 
 
 each Hour 
 
 Line 
 
 f rom 
 
 12 a 
 
 - clock , 
 
 upon all Horizontal and 
 
 Sr 
 
 CJ 
 
 Ej* 
 
 North and South £re£t Dired Reclining and Inclining Dials , 
 from the EquinoBial to the Poles . 
 
 5 
 
 SJ 
 
 It* 
 
 S 3 
 
 rr 
 
 XI 
 
 I 
 
 A 
 
 II 
 
 fX 
 
 III 
 
 VIII 
 
 IV 
 
 vll 
 
 V 
 
 VI 
 
 
 L 
 
 
 D- 
 
 M 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 
 3 1 
 
 7 
 
 tiO 
 
 16 
 
 34 
 
 2 7 
 
 * 5 ‘ 
 
 l-i 
 
 44 
 
 62 
 
 30 i 
 
 90 
 
 0! 
 
 59 
 
 3 2 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 >7 
 
 1 
 
 27 
 
 5 5 ‘ 
 
 I- 2 
 
 30 
 
 63 
 
 1 1 
 
 90 
 
 °| 
 
 58 , 
 
 33 
 
 8 
 
 ! 9 
 
 f 7 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 34 
 
 43 
 
 20 
 
 6 3 
 
 49 
 
 90 
 
 ° 
 
 57 
 
 34 
 
 8 
 
 31 
 
 l 7 
 
 54 
 
 29 
 
 !3 
 
 44 
 
 5 
 
 49 
 
 64 
 
 24 
 
 90 
 
 O 1 
 
 56 
 
 35 
 
 8 
 
 44 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 29 
 
 5 ° 
 
 44 
 
 64 
 
 58 
 
 90 
 
 O 
 
 55 
 
 36 
 
 8 
 
 57 
 
 18 
 
 49 
 
 30 
 
 27 
 
 45 
 
 3 1 
 
 65 
 
 30 
 
 90 
 
 O 
 
 54 
 
 37 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 >9 
 
 9 
 
 3 i 
 
 2 
 
 46 
 
 1 2 
 
 66 
 
 IC 
 
 90 
 
 O 
 
 53 
 
 38 
 
 9 
 
 22 
 
 •9 
 
 34 
 
 3 i 
 
 37 
 
 46 
 
 5 ° 
 
 66 
 
 29 
 
 90 
 
 O 
 
 5 2 
 
 39 
 
 9 
 
 34 
 
 19 
 
 58 
 
 32 
 
 II 
 
 47 
 
 28 
 
 66 
 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 5 i 
 
 40 
 
 9 
 
 45 
 
 20 
 
 21 
 
 32 
 
 44 
 
 48 
 
 7 
 
 67 
 
 21 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 5 ° 
 
 4 1 
 
 9 
 
 57 
 
 20 
 
 44 
 
 33 
 
 16 
 
 48 
 
 39 
 
 67 
 
 47 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 49 
 
 42 
 
 10 
 
 IC 
 
 21 
 
 7 
 
 33 
 
 46 
 
 49 
 
 1 2 
 
 68 
 
 1 1 
 
 90 
 
 c 
 
 48 
 
 43 
 
 10 
 
 22 
 
 21 
 
 29 
 
 34 
 
 18 
 
 49 
 
 44 
 
 68 
 
 33 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 47 
 
 H 
 
 10 
 
 32 
 
 21 
 
 5 5 
 
 34 
 
 47 
 
 50 
 
 10 68 
 
 54 1 
 
 90 
 
 c 
 
 *6 
 
 45 
 
 10 
 
 44 
 
 22 
 
 1 2 
 
 35 
 
 17 
 
 >° 
 
 4 6 j 6 9 
 
 »5 
 
 90 
 
 c 
 
 45 
 
 46 
 
 10 
 
 54 
 
 22 
 
 33 
 
 35 
 
 44 
 
 1 1 
 
 IC 
 
 69 
 
 35 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 44 
 
 47 
 
 11 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 53 
 
 36 
 
 1 1 
 
 5 1 
 
 42 
 
 69 
 
 53 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 43 
 
 48 
 
 1 1 
 
 1 6 
 
 23 
 
 13 
 
 36 
 
 37 
 
 5 2 
 
 9 
 
 7 ° 
 
 1 1 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 42 
 
 49 
 
 1 1 
 
 2 5 
 
 23 
 
 33 
 
 37 
 
 3 
 
 5 2 
 
 35 
 
 70 
 
 28 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 4 1 
 
 s° 
 
 1 1 
 
 35 
 
 2 3 
 
 52 
 
 37 
 
 28 
 
 53 
 
 0 
 
 7 ° 
 
 43 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 4 ° 
 
 5 * 
 
 11 
 
 45 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 37 
 
 5 2 
 
 S 3 
 
 24 
 
 70 
 
 59 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 39 
 
 5 2 
 
 1 1 
 
 55 
 
 24 
 
 2 ? 
 
 38 
 
 15 
 
 } 
 
 46 
 
 1 7 1 
 
 13 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 3 $ 
 
 53 
 
 12 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 43 
 
 38 
 
 37 
 
 5 4 
 
 12 
 
 7 1 
 
 28 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 1 37 
 
 54 
 
 12 
 
 13 
 
 25 
 
 z 
 
 38 
 
 58 
 
 54 
 
 29 
 
 i 71 
 
 41 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 36 
 
 55 
 
 12 
 
 22 
 
 ■ 2 5 
 
 18 
 
 39 
 
 19 
 
 54 
 
 49 
 
 17 * 
 
 54 
 
 .90 
 
 0 
 
 35 
 
 56 
 
 12 
 
 3 2 
 
 25 
 
 34 
 
 39 
 
 4 C 
 
 35 
 
 c 
 
 > 72 
 
 5 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 ' 34 
 
 57 
 
 It 
 
 40 
 
 1 2 5 
 
 50 
 
 1 39 
 
 gc 
 
 55 
 
 
 5 72 
 
 17 
 
 90 
 
 c 
 
 ' 33 
 
 58 
 
 I 2 
 
 45 
 
 26 
 
 5 
 
 40 
 
 1 
 
 ■ 5 5 
 
 4 f 
 
 ; 72 
 
 2 i 
 
 l 90 
 
 c 
 
 » 3 2 
 
 59 
 
 12 
 
 56 
 
 > 26 
 
 .20 
 
 ‘ 40 
 
 
 ) 56 
 
 
 J 7 2 
 
 3 * 
 
 I 90 
 
 c 
 
 » 3 1 
 
 60 
 
 *3 
 
 4 
 
 .26 
 
 34 
 
 ■ 40 
 
 54 
 
 [ 6 
 
 u 
 
 J72 
 
 4 S 
 
 \ 90 
 
 c 
 
 1 30 
 
79 
 
 x 
 
 TABLE IV*. 
 
 A Table o i Meridional Angles (hewing the Degrees of each 
 Hour lint horn 12 a clocks upon ail Horizontal and North 
 and South Erect Diredl Reclining and Inclining Dials, from 
 the Equinoctial to the Poles . 
 
 
 Ai 
 
 1 
 
 X 
 
 ii 
 
 IX 
 
 in 
 
 via 
 
 IV 
 
 VII 
 
 V 
 
 VI 
 
 
 r 
 
 ■JXi 
 
 
 0. 
 
 M 
 
 D. 
 
 M 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 0. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 
 6f 
 
 13 
 
 1 1 
 
 26 
 
 47 
 
 
 10 
 
 5 6 
 
 34 
 
 72 
 
 58 
 
 90 
 
 O 
 
 29 
 
 6 2 
 
 * 3 
 
 J 9 
 
 z 7 
 
 - I 
 
 41 
 
 21 
 
 56 
 
 49 
 
 73 
 
 7 
 
 90 
 
 O 
 
 28 
 
 
 *3 
 
 20 
 
 27 
 
 13 
 
 4* 
 
 4 2 
 
 57 
 
 3 
 
 73 
 
 15 
 
 90 
 
 O 
 
 27 
 
 64 
 
 *3 
 
 3 2 
 
 27 
 
 25 
 
 4* 
 
 57 
 
 57 
 
 17 
 
 73 
 
 24 
 
 90 
 
 O 
 
 26 
 
 b 5 
 
 *3 
 
 36 
 
 27 
 
 37 
 
 42 
 
 '5 
 
 57 
 
 30 
 
 73 
 
 3 2 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 25 
 
 66 
 
 13 
 
 40 
 
 27 
 
 49 
 
 42 
 
 25 
 
 57 
 
 43 
 
 73 
 
 39 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 67 
 
 ! 3 
 
 s 1 
 
 27 
 
 59 
 
 42 
 
 38 
 
 57 
 
 54 
 
 73 
 
 46 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 23 
 
 '58 
 
 1 3 
 
 5/ 
 
 28 
 
 9 
 
 > n 
 
 f 0 
 
 50 
 
 58 
 
 5 
 
 73 
 
 53 
 
 90 
 
 c 
 
 22 
 
 69 
 
 1 4 
 
 3 
 
 2g 
 
 *9 
 
 43 
 
 2 
 
 58 
 
 16 
 
 73 
 
 59 
 
 90 
 
 c 
 
 2! 
 
 70 
 
 *+ 
 
 7 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 43 
 
 *3 
 
 58 
 
 26 
 
 74 
 
 5 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 ZO 
 
 ./7 
 
 H 
 
 *3 
 
 28 
 
 37 
 
 43 
 
 
 53 
 
 35 
 
 74 
 
 11 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 19 
 
 72, 
 
 *4 
 
 j8 
 
 28 
 
 46 
 
 43 
 
 24 
 
 58 
 
 54: 
 
 74 
 
 l6 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 l8 
 
 7 3 
 
 H 
 
 22 
 
 2g 
 
 54 
 
 43 
 
 36 
 
 >8 
 
 S 2 
 
 74 
 
 20; 
 
 9O 
 
 0 
 
 17 
 
 74 
 
 H 
 
 27 
 
 29 
 
 2 
 
 43 
 
 52 
 
 59 
 
 00 
 
 74 
 
 2 5 
 
 9<5 
 
 0 
 
 l6 
 
 7$ 
 
 14 
 
 30 
 
 29 
 
 7 
 
 44 
 
 00 
 
 59 
 
 7 
 
 74 
 
 3 ° 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 1 5 
 
 76 
 
 14 
 
 33' 
 
 29 
 
 1 5 
 
 44 
 
 8 
 
 59 
 
 15 
 
 74 
 
 34 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 *4 
 
 7 7 
 
 *’4 
 
 37; 
 
 29 
 
 2 ; 
 
 44 
 
 14 
 
 59 
 
 22 
 
 74 
 
 37 
 
 90 
 
 c 
 
 l 3 
 
 78 ; 
 
 ] 4* 
 
 41 i 
 
 29 
 
 27 
 
 44 
 
 22 
 
 59 
 
 z? 
 
 74 
 
 40 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 1 2 
 
 79 
 
 i 4 
 
 44- 
 
 29 
 
 3 2 
 
 44 
 
 z8 
 
 59 
 
 3 2 
 
 74 
 
 44 
 
 90 
 
 c 
 
 1 1 
 
 8c 1 
 
 H 
 
 47:29 
 
 1 
 
 37 
 
 44 
 
 34 
 
 59 
 
 37 
 
 74 
 
 47 
 
 90 
 
 c 
 
 to 
 
 81 
 
 i 4 
 
 49;?9 
 
 4‘ 
 
 44 
 
 37 
 
 59 
 
 40 
 
 74 
 
 49 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 9 
 
 82 
 
 H 
 
 S 1 
 
 29 
 
 45 
 
 H 
 
 40 
 
 59 
 
 44 
 
 74 
 
 s 1 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 8 
 
 ^3 
 
 ! 4 
 
 53 
 
 29 
 
 49 
 
 44 
 
 44 
 
 59 
 
 47 
 
 74 
 
 53 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 7 
 
 84 
 
 14 
 
 55 
 
 29 
 
 52 
 
 44 
 
 48 
 
 59 
 
 S 1 
 
 74 
 
 55 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 6 
 
 85 
 
 H 
 
 56 
 
 29 
 
 54 
 
 44 
 
 53 
 
 59 
 
 54 
 
 74 
 
 57 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 5 
 
 86 
 
 *4 
 
 57 
 
 29 
 
 55 
 
 44 
 
 55 
 
 59 
 
 55 
 
 74 
 
 58 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 4 
 
 87 
 
 O 
 
 ‘4 
 
 58, 
 
 29 
 
 56 
 
 44 
 
 S<5 
 
 59 
 
 5 6 
 
 74 
 
 58 
 
 90 
 
 c 
 
 
 88 
 
 O 
 
 *4 
 
 59 
 
 29 
 
 57 
 
 44 
 
 57 
 
 59 
 
 58 
 
 74 
 
 59 
 
 90 
 
 0 
 
 2 
 
 
 •4 
 
 59 
 
 29 
 
 58 
 
 44 
 
 58 
 
 59 
 
 59 
 
 74 
 
 59 
 
 90 
 
 
 1 
 
 90 
 
 «S 
 
 00 
 
 30 
 
 OO ; 
 
 44 
 
 00 
 
 6q 
 
 00 
 
 75 
 
 00 
 
 90 
 
 0! 
 
 0 
 
Explanation and Use 
 
 Of the foregoing 
 
 T A B L E. 
 
 HpHIS is a Table of Meridional Angles ; the frfi 
 Column is the Latitude , which ferves for an Ho- 
 rizontal Dial , and the lajl Column is the Comple- 
 ment of the Latitude, and is for making FrellDireSl 
 South or North Dials, and are thus to be ufed: 
 
 lO* Suppofe in the Latitude of 53 Deg . I would 
 make ^Horizontal , and alfo an Eredl Diredl South 
 Dial. 
 
 Firft, For the Horizontal Dial. 
 
 See Plate 3. Fig. 2. 
 
 < Now (altho’ this be projedted for a higher Lati- 
 tude, yet it may ferve our Turn here well enough to 
 fhew how to ufe the Table:) I look into theT able, 
 and find againft 53 Deg. and under 1 1 and 1 a-clock 
 12 Deg. 5 Min. Take this 1 2 Deg. 5 Min. in your 
 Compafles (from the Line of Chords, that you draw 
 the Quadrant AB by) and fet one foot in the Me= 
 ridian CA, and turning the other each Way, it ihall 
 give the Points where the Hour Lines of 1 and 1 1 
 mull pafs; under 10 and 2, and againft th zfame 
 Latitude 53, I find 24 Dag. 43 Min. which take 
 from the Line oj Chords, and ftt each iFay from the 
 Meridian 
 
C hap. XIX. The Explanation and Ufe, &c. 8 1 
 
 Meridian as before, and it gives the io and 2 a- 
 clock Hour Lines. For the Hours 9 and 3 you muft 
 take 38 Deg. 37 Min. for 8 and 4 a-clock, you 
 muft fet 54 Deg. 12 Min. and for 5 and 7 fet 71 
 Deg. 28 Min. the Chord of 90 gives the 6 a-clock 
 Hour Line, and fo by drawing Hour Lines from the 
 Center thro' thefe Points, thus fet off in the Arch 
 A B, are the true Hour Lines required. 
 
 Secondly, For the Eredi Diredl South Dial. 
 
 See Plate 4. Fig. 2. 
 
 Suppofe l would make an Eredi Diredl South Dial 
 for the Latitude of 53 Deg. the Work in this is the 
 very fame as I have (hewn in the Horizontal Dial ; 
 only here you muft feek your Latitude in the lajl 
 Column on the right Hand, or its Complement on 
 the left Band-, and againft either, for 1 1 and 1 a-clock, 
 9 Deg. 10 Min. for 10 and 2, 19 Deg. 9 Min. are 
 to be fet off from the Meridian by your Line of 
 Chords ■, for 9 and 3 a-clock are 31 Deg. 2 Min. 
 for 8 and 4 a-clock are 46 Deg. 1 2 Min. for 7 and 5 
 a-clock are 66 Deg. 10 Min. and for 6 a-clock 
 are 90, and thus for any Latitude of even Degrees, 
 an Horizontal and South Diredl Dial may be expe- 
 ditioufly made by help of this Table and your Line 
 ■ of Chords. 
 
 What has been faid of the South Eredt Dial is 
 alfo applicable to the North , and therefore needs 
 no Example. 
 
 G 
 
 TABLE 
 

 TABLE V. 
 
 A TABLE of the ‘Three Requijites in Dial- 
 ing , , fhewing the Subjltle s Distance from the 
 Meridian , the Stile’s Height , and the Inctina- 
 
 Declination. 
 
 Subftile’s Diftance 
 from the Meridian. 
 
 STILE’s 
 
 Height. 
 
 Inclination ofM?- 
 ridians. 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Minutes. 
 
 Deg. Min 
 
 Degrees. Minutes. 
 
 I 
 
 O 
 
 48 
 
 38 
 
 29 
 
 1 
 
 J 7 
 
 2 
 
 I 
 
 3 6 
 
 38 
 
 28 
 
 2 
 
 33 
 
 3 
 
 2 
 
 23 
 
 38 
 
 26 
 
 3 
 
 49 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 
 I 1 
 
 38 
 
 2 3 
 
 5 
 
 7 
 
 .f! 
 
 3 
 
 58 
 
 38 
 
 20 
 
 5 
 
 23 
 
 0 
 
 4 
 
 45 
 
 38 
 
 1 5 
 
 7 
 
 39 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 32 
 
 38 
 
 10 
 
 , 8 
 
 55 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 3 9 
 
 38 
 
 4 
 
 . 10 
 
 1 1 
 
 9 
 
 7 
 
 5 
 
 37 
 
 57 
 
 1 1 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 7 
 
 52 
 
 37 
 
 49 
 
 t2 
 
 42 
 
 1 1 
 
 8 
 
 38 
 
 37 
 
 40 
 
 1 3 
 
 57 
 
 12 
 
 9 
 
 23 
 
 37 
 
 30 
 
 15 
 
 1 0 
 
 l 3 
 
 10 
 
 8 
 
 37 
 
 21 
 
 16 
 
 26 
 
 H 
 
 10 
 
 54 
 
 37 
 
 10 
 
 '7 
 
 40 
 
 3 5 
 
 1 1 
 
 38 
 
 3 f g_ 
 
 58 
 
 18 
 
 54 
 
 16 
 
 12 . 
 
 22 
 
 3 6 
 
 43 
 
 20 
 
 7 
 
 
 13 
 
 5 
 
 3 6 
 
 32 
 
 21 
 
 20 
 
 18 
 
 J 3 
 
 42 
 
 3 6 
 
 1 s 
 
 22 
 
 33 
 
 l 9 
 
 14 
 
 3 l 
 
 i 6 
 
 3 
 
 2 3 
 
 45 
 
 20 
 
 *5 
 
 3 3 
 
 35 
 
 48 
 
 24 
 
 57 
 
 21 
 
 3 5 
 
 54 
 
 35 
 
 3 1 
 
 26 
 
 8 
 
 2 2 
 
 16 
 
 3 6 
 
 35 
 
 16 
 
 27 
 
 18 
 
 2 3 
 
 *7 
 
 1 6 
 
 34 
 
 57 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 24 
 
 *7 
 
 5 6 
 
 34 
 
 39 
 
 29 
 
 38 
 
 2 5 
 
 18 
 
 37 
 
 34 
 
 2 1 
 
 30 
 
 47 
 
8 3 
 
 TABLE V. 
 
 tion of Meridians for the Latitude of London, 
 anfwerable to the feveral Degrees of Declina- 
 tion of your Plane. N.B. How to find tbefeRe- 
 quifites foranyo/^Place, is fhewn inChap.XI. 
 
 Declination. 
 
 Subftile’s Diftance 
 from the Meridian . 
 
 STILE’s 
 
 Height. 
 
 Inclination of M?- 
 ridians . 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Minutes 
 
 Deg.Min. 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Minutes. 
 
 2 6 
 
 *9 
 
 12 
 
 34 
 
 3 
 
 " 3 1 
 
 5 6 
 
 27 
 
 19 
 
 50 
 
 33 
 
 42 
 
 33 
 
 4 
 
 28 
 
 20 
 
 27 
 
 33 
 
 20 
 
 34 
 
 12 
 
 29 
 
 2 I 
 
 5 
 
 32 
 
 59 
 
 35 
 
 19 
 
 30 
 
 2 T 
 
 40 
 
 32 
 
 .11 
 
 36 
 
 25 j 
 
 3 * 
 
 22 
 
 J 5 
 
 32 
 
 1 C, 
 
 37 
 
 3 1 | 
 
 32 
 
 22 
 
 50 
 
 3 1 
 
 5 2 
 
 S 8 
 
 3 6 
 
 33 
 
 23 
 
 25 
 
 31 
 
 27 
 
 39 
 
 4 1 
 
 34 
 
 23 
 
 59 
 
 3 1 
 
 14 
 
 40 
 
 46 
 
 35 
 
 24 
 
 3 1 
 
 30 
 
 40 
 
 41 
 
 49 ! 
 
 36 
 
 25 
 
 4 
 
 30 
 
 14 
 
 42 
 
 52 
 
 37 
 
 25 
 
 35 
 
 *9 
 
 48 
 
 43 
 
 55 ; 
 
 38 
 
 26 
 
 4 
 
 2.9 
 
 22 
 
 44 
 
 58 
 
 39 
 
 26 
 
 35 
 
 28 
 
 56 
 
 45 
 
 59 
 
 40 
 
 27 
 
 3 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 47 
 
 0 i 
 
 41 
 
 27 
 
 '33 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 48 
 
 O 
 
 42 
 
 28 
 
 1 
 
 27 
 
 33 
 
 49 
 
 O 
 
 43 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 27 
 
 5 
 
 50 
 
 O 
 
 44 
 
 28 
 
 55 
 
 26 
 
 3 6 
 
 50 
 
 59 
 
 45 
 
 29 
 
 2 1 
 
 26 
 
 7 
 
 5 i 
 
 57 
 
 40 
 
 29 
 
 46 
 
 25 
 
 37 
 
 52 
 
 55 
 
 47 
 
 30 
 
 1 1 
 
 •5 
 
 7 
 
 53 
 
 53 
 
 48 
 
 3 ° 
 
 35 
 
 24 
 
 38 
 
 54 
 
 5 ° 
 
 49 
 
 3 ° 
 
 58 
 
 2 '4 
 
 6 
 
 55 
 
 46 
 
 5 ° 
 
 3 1 
 
 2 1 
 
 23 
 
 35 
 
 56 
 
 42 
 
 G z 
 
84 
 
 TABLE V. 
 
 A TABLE of the Three Requi/ites in Dial- 
 ing, {hewing the Subjlile's DiJiance from the 
 Meridian, the Side’s Height, and the Inclina- 
 
 
 Subfiile’s 
 
 Di fiance 
 
 STILE's 
 
 Inclination of Me- 
 
 Declination. 
 
 from th e -Meridian* 
 
 Height. 
 
 ridians* 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Minutes. 
 
 Deg. Min. 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Minutes. 
 
 : 5 1 
 
 3 1 
 
 45 
 
 2 3 
 
 4 
 
 57 
 
 38 
 
 5 * 
 
 3 2 
 
 5 
 
 22 
 
 3 2 
 
 58 
 
 33 
 
 53 
 
 32 
 
 26 
 
 22 
 
 0 
 
 59 
 
 28 
 
 5 4 
 
 32 
 
 46 
 
 2 1 
 
 28 
 
 60 
 
 2 3 
 
 55 
 
 33 
 
 6 
 
 20 
 
 55 
 
 6 1 
 
 17 
 
 56 
 
 33 
 
 24 
 
 20 
 
 22 
 
 62 
 
 10 
 
 57 
 
 33 
 
 42 
 
 *9 
 
 49 
 
 63 
 
 4 
 
 58 
 
 34 
 
 0 
 
 r 9 
 
 16 
 
 6 3 
 
 57 
 
 5 9 
 
 34 
 
 *3 
 
 18 
 
 42 
 
 64 
 
 49 
 
 60 
 
 34 
 
 33 
 
 18 
 
 6 
 
 6 5 
 
 41 
 
 61 
 
 34 
 
 47 
 
 *7 
 
 34 
 
 66 
 
 33 
 
 62 
 
 35 
 
 5 
 
 ! 7 
 
 0 
 
 67 
 
 24 
 
 63 
 
 35 
 
 18 
 
 16 
 
 2 5 
 
 68 
 
 16 
 
 64 
 
 35 
 
 32 
 
 *5 
 
 50 
 
 69 
 
 7 
 
 6 5 
 
 35 
 
 46 
 
 } 5 _ 
 
 I £ 
 
 69 
 
 57 
 
 66 
 
 3 6 
 
 0 
 
 14 
 
 40 
 
 70 
 
 47 
 
 67 
 
 36 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 5 
 
 7 1 
 
 38 
 
 68 
 
 3 6 
 
 25 
 
 5 3 
 
 29 
 
 72 
 
 27. 
 
 69 
 
 36 
 
 
 12 
 
 53 
 
 73 
 
 16' 
 
 70 
 
 3 6 
 
 45 
 
 I 2 
 
 x 1 
 
 74 
 
 6 
 
8 5 
 
 TABLE V. 
 
 tion of Meridians for the Latitude of London , 
 anfwerable to the feveral Degrees of Declina- 
 tion of yourPiW’.N.B. How to find tbeje Re- 
 quisites for anyotber Place, is (hewn inChap.XI. 
 
 
 SubfUle’s 
 
 D : fhnce j 
 
 STILE’? 
 
 Inclination 
 
 of 
 
 Declination. 
 
 from the 
 
 Meridian . 
 
 Height. 
 
 ri diems . 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Degrees. 
 
 Minutes. 
 
 Deg. Min. 
 
 Degrees. Minutes. 
 
 7 1 
 
 3 6 
 
 55 
 
 I I 
 
 4 * 
 
 74 . 
 
 55 
 
 72. 
 
 37 
 
 6 
 
 i I 
 
 6 
 
 75 
 
 44 
 
 73 
 
 37 
 
 l 5 
 
 lO 
 
 2 9 
 
 70 
 
 33 
 
 74 
 
 37 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 53 
 
 77 
 
 21 
 
 75 
 
 37 
 
 3 2 
 
 9 
 
 1 6 
 
 78 
 
 9 
 
 76 
 
 37 
 
 40 
 
 8 
 
 40 
 
 7 8 
 
 57 
 
 77 
 
 37 
 
 47 
 
 8 
 
 3 
 
 79 
 
 46 
 
 78 
 
 37 
 
 5 3 
 
 7 
 
 27 
 
 80 
 
 33 
 
 79 
 
 37 
 
 59 
 
 6 
 
 49 
 
 8x 
 
 2 r 
 
 80 
 
 38 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 12 
 
 82 
 
 0 
 
 81 
 
 38 
 
 9 
 
 5 
 
 35 
 
 82 
 
 3 6 
 
 82 
 
 38 
 
 '4 
 
 4 
 
 5 8 
 
 8 3 
 
 43 
 
 83 
 
 38 
 
 1 7 
 
 4 
 
 20 
 
 84 
 
 3 1 
 
 84 
 
 38 
 
 2 f 
 
 3 
 
 44 
 
 85 
 
 18 
 
 85 
 
 28 
 
 23 
 
 3 
 
 6 
 
 86 
 
 5 
 
 80 
 
 38 
 
 26 
 
 2 
 
 28 
 
 86^ 
 
 5 2 
 
 87 
 
 38 
 
 28 
 
 l 
 
 5 2 
 
 87 
 
 39 
 
 . 88 
 
 3 * 
 
 29 
 
 I 
 
 I ^ 
 
 88 
 
 26 
 
 89 
 
 38 
 
 29 
 
 O 
 
 37 
 
 89 
 
 ’ x 3 
 
 90 
 
 ! 
 
 3 8 
 
 1 
 
 30 
 
 O 
 
 0 
 
 9 ° 
 
 0 
 
THE 
 
 Explanation and Use 
 
 Of the foregoing 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 T ASTLY, The Table of the Three Requifites 
 i in Dialling is explained in Chap. XI. where I 
 have fhewn how to find the Subjlile s Di/lance from 
 the Meridian , the Stile's height , and the Inclination 
 oj Meridians for Latitude 53 Deg. 22 Min. and the 
 T lanes Declination 21 Deg. 10 Min. IVeJl, which 
 may lerve as a fianding Rule for any other Latitude 
 and Declination whatfoeyer. 
 
T A B L E VI. 
 
 A TABLE fhewing the Sun’s Altitude every 
 Hour and Quarter of the Day, at his Entrance 
 into the 1 2 Signs of th tZodiack for the Latitude 
 of London 5 1 Deg. 32 Min. North. 
 
 N.B. This Table is ufeful in drawing refleBivs Dials. 
 
 Hours. 
 
 D 
 
 zs 
 
 M. 
 
 n 
 
 D. 
 
 51 
 
 IW 
 
 b 
 
 O. 
 
 M. 
 
 T 
 
 D. 
 
 -n- 
 
 M 
 
 X 
 
 0 . 
 
 ril' 
 
 M. 
 
 D. 
 
 t 
 
 ft/Z. 
 
 D 
 
 Jcf 
 
 M 
 
 XU 
 
 6 l 
 
 57 
 
 53 
 
 37 
 
 49 
 
 5 8 
 
 58 
 
 28 
 
 26 
 
 58 
 
 18 
 
 17 
 
 ! 4 
 
 59 
 
 I 
 
 6l 
 
 48 
 
 58 
 
 34 
 
 49 
 
 5 2 
 
 38 
 
 
 2 5 
 
 S 2 
 
 18 
 
 IO 
 
 H 
 
 5 Z 
 
 2 
 
 6l 
 
 22 
 
 58 
 
 8 
 
 49 
 
 3 2 
 
 5 S 
 
 4 
 
 26 
 
 37 
 
 *7 
 
 5 6 
 
 H 
 
 39 
 
 3 
 
 60 
 
 39 
 
 \7 
 
 2- 
 
 fS 
 
 57 
 
 37 
 
 36 
 
 26 
 
 1 2 
 
 *7 
 
 34 
 
 1 4 
 
 1 8 
 
 1 X! 
 
 59 
 
 4 ? 
 
 & 
 
 33 
 
 48 
 
 io 
 
 36 
 
 5 ° 
 
 2 5 
 
 37 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 
 I 
 
 >8 
 
 29 
 
 35 
 
 2 5 
 
 47 
 
 i 1 
 
 36 
 
 5 
 
 24 
 
 53 
 
 16 
 
 2 4 
 
 13 
 
 9 
 
 2 
 
 57 
 
 4 
 
 >4 
 
 6 
 
 46 
 
 1 
 
 3 5 
 
 4 
 
 24 
 
 1 
 
 1 5 
 
 3 6 
 
 I 2 
 
 2 3 
 
 3 
 
 55 
 
 29 
 
 5 2 
 
 3^: 
 
 s -4 
 
 40 
 
 33 
 
 58 
 
 22 
 
 59 
 
 *4 
 
 f 9 
 
 I l 
 
 29 
 
 II X 
 
 53 
 
 4 > 
 
 5 ° 
 
 55 
 
 43 
 
 1 1 
 
 32 
 
 36 
 
 2 1 
 
 49 
 
 13 
 
 36 
 
 IO 
 
 28 
 
 3 
 
 51 
 
 53 
 
 49 
 
 7 
 
 It 
 
 s 2 
 
 3 1 
 
 ; 8 
 
 20 
 
 3 ? 
 
 I 2 
 
 24 
 
 9 
 
 19 
 
 2 
 
 49 
 
 54 
 
 47 
 
 12 
 
 59 
 
 37 
 
 29 
 
 O A 
 
 0 t 
 
 ] 9 
 
 6 
 
 I I 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 2 
 
 A 
 
 3 
 
 17 
 
 5 ' 
 
 f 5 
 
 T 3 
 
 37 
 
 > 7 
 
 27 
 
 53 
 
 17 
 
 36 
 
 9 
 
 47 
 
 6 
 
 4? 
 
 III IX 
 
 >5 
 
 4 2 
 
 43 
 
 7 
 
 35 
 
 59 
 
 26 
 
 5 
 
 1 5 
 
 57 
 
 8 
 
 1 1 
 
 5 
 
 i 2 
 
 1 
 
 43 
 
 3 ! 
 
 40 
 
 5 * 
 
 33 
 
 57 
 
 2 2 
 
 12: 
 
 f 4 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 6 
 
 34 
 
 3 
 
 39 
 
 2 
 
 4 l 
 
 15 
 
 33 
 
 45 
 
 3 « 
 
 49 
 
 2 2 
 
 2 3 
 
 1 2 
 
 23 
 
 4 
 
 5* 
 
 1 
 
 59 
 
 3 
 
 3 S 
 
 59 
 
 3 6 
 
 3 C 
 
 29 
 
 40 
 
 ^0 
 
 13 
 
 ?o 
 
 3 C 
 
 3 
 
 5 
 
 0 
 
 1 c 
 
 IV VIII 
 
 36 
 
 40 
 
 34 
 
 M 
 
 27 
 
 2 b 
 
 1 8 
 
 7 
 
 8 
 
 3 2 
 
 i 
 
 *3 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 34 
 
 23 
 
 31 
 
 5 6 
 
 2 5 
 
 13 
 
 f 5 
 
 58 
 
 6 
 
 3 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 32 
 
 4 
 
 29 
 
 37 
 
 22 
 
 5 f 
 
 1 3 
 
 46 
 
 4 
 
 2 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 29 
 
 4 5 
 
 27 
 
 1 f 
 
 20 
 
 2" 
 
 1 1 
 
 32 
 
 2 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 
 
 V VII 
 
 l l 
 
 23 
 
 H 
 
 5 C 
 
 18 
 
 18 
 
 9 
 
 17 
 
 O 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 2 > 
 
 4 
 
 2 2 
 
 37 
 
 *5 
 
 59 
 
 6 
 
 58 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 22 
 
 46 
 
 20 
 
 *7 
 
 *3 
 
 39 
 
 4 
 
 39 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 28 
 
 7 
 
 *7 
 
 1 f 
 
 u h 
 
 2 
 
 20 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 VI VI 
 
 i8~ 
 
 1 2 
 
 1 5 
 
 4 2 
 
 9 
 
 6 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 *5 
 
 5s 
 
 ‘4 
 
 c 
 
 6 
 
 44 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 1 3 
 
 46 
 
 * 1 
 
 *3 
 
 4 
 
 2 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 ! I 
 
 3* 
 
 Q 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 VII V 
 
 9 
 
 3 C 
 
 b 
 
 5 4 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 7 
 
 *7 ; 
 
 4 
 
 46 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 5 
 
 2 ^ 
 
 2 
 
 42 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 27 
 
 0 
 
 43 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 vnr iv 
 
 1 
 
 34 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88 
 
 THE 
 
 Explanation and Use 
 
 Of the foregoing 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 r ~T HIS Table fhews the Sun's Height or Alti- 
 tude at every Hour and Quarter of the Day-, 
 for the Latitude of London, and is ufeful in drawing 
 Hour Lines upon your Quadrant, %nd alfo for draw- 
 ing the Hour Lines upon the Cieling of your Room 
 in the RefleBive Dial, and by your Quadrant you 
 may find the Sun's Altitude at any Lime of the Day, 
 wherever you are, by holding you r Quadrant u p and 
 looking th rough th e Sight sat the Sun, and the Thread 
 will cut the Limb or A< ch of the Quadrant in the 
 Leg - ess of the Sun’s height at that Lime and Place', 
 the Minutes mull: be guejfed at, becaufe every De- 
 gree being fuppofed to be divided into 60 equal Parts 
 called Minutes, and thofe Divi/ions called Degrees 
 being fniall, it is impoffible they fhould afi unify be 
 divided into Minutes or 60 equal Parts fo that if 
 the Thread cuts a Quarter of a Degree, then cal! the 
 Minutes 1 5, if it cuts one Third of a Degree, call them 
 20 Minutes , if a half go, if two Thirds 40, if three 
 Fourths, then the Minutes are 45, &c. and thus you 
 may take the Height of the Moon and Stars. And 
 by this means you may make the like Table for 
 your own or any other Latitude. 
 
 * For further Satisfaction herein you may fee my Syfiem of A fire no my, 
 You L Page in. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Chap. XX. Of the U Hof the Scales in Plate II. 89 
 
 CHAP. XX. Shewing the Ufe of the Scales 
 
 Plate II. 
 
 m 
 
 ] N Prob. 9, 10, 1 1, and 12, 1 have fhewn how to 
 \ make the Scales in Plate II. and in Chap . XVI. 
 P age 56,1 have fhewn how to ufe theLine of Chords, 
 in meafuring of any right lined Angles. The Lines 
 of Flours Latitudes are general for pricking down 
 
 all Dials with Centers , as the Horizontal, South 
 Diredl, &c. as for 
 
 Example. 
 
 Let it be required to draw a Dial upon an Horizon - 
 taiPlane for th z Latitude of London 5 1 Deg. 3 2 Min . 
 
 See Plate 1 1. Fig. 1. 
 
 For the Hour Lines and Stile’s height. 
 
 Draw CD for the Meridian or Hour Line of 1 2, 
 and crofs it at right Angles in C, with AB ; then 
 from the Scale of Latitudes , fet off CA and CB each 
 equal to 5 1 Deg. 32 Min. forth e Stile's height. Then 
 take the whole Scale ofSix Hours in your Compares, 
 and fet it from A to D; draw AD and BD : Divide 
 the Lines AD and BD as the Scale of fx Hours is 
 divided, and thro ’ thofe Divifons draw Lines to the 
 Center C, which fhall be the true Hour Lines fought, 
 to which put their proper Figures as you fee done in 
 the Dial. 
 
 This is a very ready and eafy way to deferibe the 
 Flour Lines on any Plane. 
 
 For 
 
90 Of the Ufe of the Scales in Plate II. Ch.XX. 
 
 For the Stile. 
 
 Take CA in your Compares, and fet from D to 
 E,draw CE for the Stile, which mud; Hand perpen- 
 dicular upon the Line CD, and fo is your Dial com- 
 
 pleatly finiftied. 
 
 Ever remember to make an Allowance for the 
 Fhicknefs of the Stile in all Dials, as I have cautioned 
 you before. 
 
 An Example. 
 
 Of a North and South Eredt Diredt Dial for Pen- 
 zance inCornwall,who{eLatitudeis $ o Deg. 8 Min. N . 
 
 See Plate 1 1. Fig. 2. 
 
 This Dial is made the very fame Way as I have juft 
 now ihewn in the Horizontal Dial, only inftead of 
 taking the .Latitude from the Scale of Latitudes, you 
 muft here in this Dial take the Complement of the 
 Latitude of the Place, viz, 39 Deg. 52 Min. and fet 
 it from C to A, and B, which is alfo the Stile’s height. 
 
 For the Hour Lines of the South and North Dials. 
 
 Take the Scale of ' fix Hours, and fet from A to 
 D, draw AD and B D, then take in your Compaftes 
 each Flour feverally from the Scale of fx Hours , 
 and mark them off in the Lines AD and BD; thro ’ 
 thofe Points draw Lines from the CenterC, and they 
 ftiall be the true Hour Lines required. 
 
 For the Stile. 
 
 Set A C from D to E, and continue it beyond the 
 Center C, which fhall be the Stiles for the North 
 and South Dial, as you fee done in the Dials. 
 
 By 
 
2 
 
 T'/ude Duds are mad# //d/JcaDs m Plate 
 
 Vn ii 
 
 lo II 12 1 
 
 2 3 
 
....... . 
 
Chap. XX. Of the Ufe of the Scales in Platell. 91 
 
 By the Scale of Inclinations is known in eredl 
 Decliners where the fubftilar Line will fall; which 
 rnuft always be on the contrary Side the Meridian 
 Line or Hour Line of 12; that is, if the Plane de- 
 clines We ft ward the fubftilar Line mufc Hand on the 
 Eaft-ftde, but if the Plane declines Eaftward ', then 
 the fubftilar Line mud be placed on the Weft-ftde 
 the Meridian: and if the Inclination of Meridians 
 be lefts than 1 5 Deg. the fubftilar Line will fall be- 
 tween 1 1 and 12, or between 12 and 1 a-clock, ac- 
 cording to which Point of the Heavens the Plane 
 declines: if the Inclination of Meridians be more 
 than 15 Deg. but lefs than 30, the fubftilar Line 
 will fall between the Hours of one and two, See. Some 
 Dialifts put the Difference of Meridians of feveral 
 Places, as Jerufalem, Madrid, Z§c. upon the Dial, 
 tolhew theTime of the Day at thofe Places, as well 
 as the Time where you are ; but this is needlefs ; 
 for if at anyTime you would know what a-clock it 
 is at any Place in the known World, when it is fuch 
 a Time at London , only turn to the Table cf the 
 Latitude and Longitude of Places at the End of this 
 Treatife, and there fee what the Difference of Me- 
 ridians is; and if the Place be to the Ead of London, 
 add the Difference of Meridians in Lime to the Time 
 at London , which gives theTime at that Place; but 
 if it lie to the Weft, fubftradting the Difference of 
 Meridians in Time from the Time at London, gives 
 you the Time of the Day at that Place, 
 
 Example. 
 
 Suppofeitis 10 a-clock in theForenoon at London , 
 what Time is it then at Conftantinople, and alfo at 
 Port Royal in Jamaica t 
 
 Given 
 
9 2 
 
 Of the U it of the Trigon. Chap.XX. 
 
 h. m- 
 
 Given Time at London is — — — io oo 
 
 Confiavtinople to the Eaft (add) — — — i 59 
 
 ‘Time at Conjlantinople * — — — — \ 1 59 
 
 That is 59 Min. paf Eleven in the Forenoon. 
 
 Again. 
 
 H. M. 
 
 Given Time at London is — — ■' — 10 co 
 
 . port Royal to the Weft (fubliradt) — — 5 4 
 
 Time at Port Royal in the Morning — — 456 
 
 The like of any other Place in the Catalogue. 
 
 The Ufe of the Trig on. 
 
 See the Figure on Page io. 
 
 You are to take notice, that the Parallels of the 
 Signs, the daily Arches, the Circles of Altitude, and 
 ail other Circles relating to the CourJ'e of the Sun, 
 when they are defcribed upon zny Sun Dial, are not 
 fbadowed out by the whole Stile, or Axis of the 
 Dial as the Hours are, but by fome one Point in the 
 fame Stile or Axis; as by a Knob, Button or Notch, 
 filed in the Stile of the Dial, or by a Hole in a Glajs 
 Window for proieBed Dials, or by a Piece of Look- 
 ing-Glafs for ref e died Dials ; in all which Cafes the 
 ‘Trigod a-tCis to be applied, fo that theLine thereof 
 marked AB, muft lie upon the Stile of the Dial, or 
 parallel to the Axis of the World, iF it*be an Hole in 
 a Window, or a Piece ofLooking-GlaJs : And now, 
 the Trigon being thus placed with the Equinoctial 
 CD T perpendicular to the Stile, the Center being 
 always fixed upon the But ton or Notch, cr Knob, fo 
 that you may turn it about the Axis, as occahon 
 fit all require. 
 
 For 
 
93 
 
 Chap. XX. Of the Ule oj the 1 rigon. 
 
 For the Equinoctial. 
 
 Now fuppofeyou would infert PxtEquinoclial in- 
 to any Dial, (for one Rule ferves for all Planes.) 
 Firf, put a Thread through the little Hole marked 
 with o at arand — , tying a Knot on the Thread 
 that it flips not through the hole in the Trigon ; 
 then put the Center C to the Knob in the Stile, and 
 the Side AB to the Stile itfelf: This done, extend 
 the Thread over the Line CD till it touches the 
 Dial Plane: that Point of touching fhall be oneYdint 
 through which the EquinoSlial is to be drawn upon 
 thePIane: Then turning theTrigon about, frill keep- 
 ing the Line AB parallel to the Stile, extend the 
 Thread till it touch the Dial Plane in fome other 
 Point, and that ihall be another Point , through 
 which theEquinobiialis to be drawn upon the Dial. 
 
 And if your Dial be ail but one plain Superficies, 
 two Points will be fufficient to draw the Equinoc- 
 tial by, it being a great Circle of the Sphere, and 
 confequently a right Line upon all plain Superficies, • 
 But, 
 
 If the Dial confifl: of more than one Plane, then 
 rnuft you, in the fame manner as before, find two 
 Points at leaf: upon each Superficies ; which you 
 may eafily and fpeedily do by turning the Trigon 
 about the Stile, and keeping the Side A B parallel 
 thereto, extending the Thread over the Li tie CD v 
 till it touch the Plane. 
 
 For the Tropick of Cancer. 
 
 In like manner ifyou would infert the Tropickof 
 Cancer intoyour Dial, you muft put the Thread in 
 the Hole at 22, and then spply the Center C to the 
 
94 Of the Ufe of the Trigon. Chap. XX. 
 
 Knob in the Stile, keeping the Side AB parallel 
 to the Stile (as before) extend the Thread over the 
 Line C 25 till it touch the Plane, and that Point of 
 touch mail be one Point through which the Tropick 
 of Cancer mull pafs. 
 
 Again move the Trigon in the fame Poftion up- 
 on the Stile of the Dial as occafion requires} extend 
 theThread over thtTropickC^ till it touch thePlane, 
 and that lhali be another Point through which the 
 Tropick mull be drawn, and in this manneryou may 
 find as many Points upon the Plane as youpleafe, and 
 the more the better , for thefe Parallels will not be 
 freight Lines, as the Equinoctial Line was, but conic 
 or curved Lines, through which Points a Line being 
 traced, with an even hand, fhall be the Tropick of 
 Cancer upon your Dial Plane. 
 
 For the Tropick of Capricorn. 
 
 And in this manner may xheTropickof Capricorn, 
 and all the Parallels of the other Signs (or any other 
 Parallel of the Sim s Declination ) be drawn on your 
 Dials, if firft you put the Thread through the re- 
 Jpeclive Hole , and apply the Trigon to the Stile, and 
 extend theThread over the Parallel of Declination 
 till it touch the Plane ; and thus you may find as 
 many Pointsasyoupleafe, thro’ which to draw your 
 Parallels', and this may fuffice for the Infcription 
 of the Parallels of the Signs of the Zodiack. 
 
 And if you would infert the Parallels for the 
 length of the Day, they are to be done in the fame 
 manner, ifinftead of the Declinations for the Signs, 
 you put into your Trigon thPParallels for the length 
 of the Days you intend to infert into your Dial. 
 
 N. R. In Page go I have given a caution to all Dinlijts , that they 
 be careful alto-ass to male Allowance lor the C lkicknefs of the StL-, 
 <Mherwife the Dial will err from the Truth. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Chap.XXI. Of the Equinodtial Dial. 95 
 
 CHAP. XXL A Review of the Equiiio&lai 
 and Dire<ft Eaft and Weft Dials . 
 
 Of the Equino&ial Dial, after what it f 'aid concerning it in 
 
 CHAP. Ill- 
 
 I F to this you add a Semicircle to reprefen t one 
 half of the Meridian , and graduate the Meridian 
 unto 1 80 Deg. by two Ninety’s, and fet itina Notch 
 over a Box and Needle well touched with a Load- 
 hone, it will fhewyou the Hour of the Day when- 
 ever you be, as alfo the Variation of the Needle itfelf 
 in that Place; for when you have fet it to the w the 
 Hour , if the Needle then lies parallel with the Se- 
 micircle, reprefenting one half of the Meridian, it 
 has then no Variation, but if it lies athwart with the 
 Meridian, t\ie Angle that it makes either to th eEaft 
 or Weft is the Variation of the Needle in that Place. 
 
 N.B. It matters not whether you put any more 
 Heur Lines upon the Dial than are ufefulin the La- 
 titude where you are ; as for inftance, at Londony ou 
 may omit the Hours after eight at Night till jour 
 in the Morning. 
 
 How naturally the Hour Lines may be drawn up- 
 on any Plane from the EquinodiialDial, I fhall here 
 ihew. Fix your Stile to your Dial Plane /zz its right 
 Pofition by help of your Quadrant, z. c. by apply- 
 ing the Edge thereof to the Stile, and then the String 
 cutting the Limb thereof in the Degrees of the La- 
 titude of your Plane, becaufe the fop of the Stile is 
 parallel to the Earth's Axis ; and be careful alfo that 
 it hands at right Angles to the Jubftilar Line \ 
 whatever Dial it be; then cut a Slit quite thro’ the 
 EquinoSlial Dial from the North Edge to the Center 
 along the 1 z clock Line, juft fo wide as to. receive 
 
 vonr 
 
g 6 Of the direct W eft Dial. Chap. XXI. 
 
 your Stile; put this Slit upon the Stile of yourD'ial, 
 fo that the Equinoctial Dial may flan d at right An- 
 gles thereto, for then doth itlie parallel to the Plane 
 of the Equinoctial itfelf: From thatPoint where the 
 Equinoctial Dial toucheth the Stile, let fall a Per- 
 pendicular upon the fubjiilar Line, this I call the 
 -perpendicular height of the Stile; take this in your 
 Compaffes, and fet one foot in the fubjiilar Line 
 where the perpendicular height ofthe Stile touched 
 it, andfweep a Circle-, to this Circle draw a tangent 
 Line at right Angles to the fubjiilar Line-, Laftly, 
 Put a Thread in the Center of the Equinoctial Dial 
 (allowing for the Thicknefs of the Stile) andftretch 
 
 itovertheFZi?«rL/^r,andwheretheThreadtoucheth 
 
 the Tangent Line upon your Plane make Marks ; 
 and Lines drawn from theCenterofyourDial tothofe 
 Marks in the 'Tangent Line are the true Hour Lines 
 upon your Dial: and this is a plain and ready way 
 ©f drawing Hour Lines upon all Sorts of Planes. 
 
 A Review of the direct Weft Dial. 
 
 After what is fa id concerning it in Chap. VII. VIII. 
 
 ThisDial as well as theE<z/?Dialis univerfaJ, which 
 I thus explain; procure a Plate of Brafsof what Size 
 you pleafe, and about the Thicknefs of a Shilling, 
 well polifhed on both Sides, on which draw znEaJl 
 Dial on one Side and a Wefl Dial on the other, fo 
 that the Center of the Circle PHDS, on one Side 
 may exadtly anfwer the Center of the Circle on the 
 otherTAz-, let a Circle circumfcribe your Dials, and 
 the upper Quadrant divided into 90 equal Parts or 
 Degrees-, let there be a Ring in a fwivel to fere w to 
 the Zenith of the Place wherever yoube, after the 
 manner of a Ring Dial-, then hanging it on your 
 Finger, placing its Plane parallel to theMeridian of 
 
 the 
 

 sPm|| 
 
Chap. 'XXII. A Defcription of the Sphere. 97 
 the Place (which may be done by help of a Mag- 
 netic Needle) it will (hew you the true Hour of the 
 Day, except it be exadlly 12 a-clock, and then nei- 
 ther the Eaft or Weft Side will (hew the Hour, for the 
 Shadow of the Stiles do then fall off both the Planes. 
 
 Thefe Things I mention as Curiofities, (hewing 
 how by keeping the Axis of your Dial parallel with 
 the Axis of the World, the Dial by that means is 
 univerfal, for under the Arttic Pole the Hour-line 
 will be perpendicular to the Horizon, and under the 
 Equinoctial they will become parallel , or lie in the 
 Plane of that great Circle. But if under the Equi- 
 noctial you lay the Dial flat down, fo that the Circle 
 PHDS may reprefent the Horizon of that Place, and 
 placing 12 where 6 now (lands, one where 5 is, &c. 
 and 11 where 7 is, and 10 inftead of 8 , &c. to 6 ; 
 this Dial will then reprefent a Polar or Equinoctial 
 Dial, which ever you pleafe to call it. 
 
 CH A P. XXII. A Description of the 
 SPHERE. (Seethe Print.) 
 
 'INHERE are fen eminent Circles upon the 
 Sphere ; Six of w r hich are called greater Circles , 
 and the other Four are called lef 'er Circles. 
 
 A great Circle of the Sphere is that whole Plane 
 palTeth through the Center of the Sphere, and di- 
 vides the Sphere itfelf into two equal Parts. 
 
 A lejj'er Circle is that which lies parallel to a 
 greater , as the fropicks or Polar Circles do to the 
 Equinoctial. 
 
 Or lejjer Circles are fuch as do not divide the 
 
 Sphere into two equal Parts. 
 
 H The 
 
98 A Defcription of the Sphere. Chap . XXIII. 
 
 The fix greater Circles are the Horizon, the Me- 
 ridian, the Equinodlial, the Ecliptick, the Equinoc- 
 tial Colure , and the Solftitial Colure, and the four 
 leffer Circles are the 'Tropick of Cancer, the Tropick 
 of Capricorn, and the two Polar Circles . But, 
 
 Firffc, Of the Six great Circles. 
 
 1 . The Horizon is that Circle whereon the Earth 
 and Sky feem to meet, and therefore when the Sun, 
 Moon, and Stars come to the Eaf thereof they are 
 laid to rife, and when they come to the Wefl there- 
 of they are faid to Jet. 
 
 2. The Meridian is that Circle which is exadtly 
 in the Middle between the Eaf and Wejl, and always 
 cuts the true North and South Points of the Horizon -, 
 its Ufe is to fhew the Time of Mid-day and Mid- 
 night-, for when the Sun comes to the South Point of 
 this Circle which is above the Horizon, it is Noon} 
 and when to that Point of the Circle which is under 
 the Horizon, then it is Midnight-, and that Point in 
 the Meridian which is exactly over your Head, is call- 
 ed the Zenith-, and that under your Feet the Nadir. 
 
 3. The Equinodlial Circle is always diftant from 
 you as much as is the Latitude of the Place you are 
 in, and is alfo equal to the Height of the Pole above 
 your Horizon-, its Ufe is to determine the Time of 
 the Day or Night -, for every 1 5 Deg. thereof is equal 
 to one flour in Time, and it always cuts the true Eaf 
 and Wef Points of the Horizon. 
 
 4. The Ecliptick is that Circle in which the Sun 
 is faid to move, and this Circle cuts the Equin&Bial 
 in the beginning of Aries and Libra, making an Angle 
 therewith of 23 Deg. 29 Min. which Angle is equal 
 to the Sun’s greateji Declination: It is divided into 
 
 twelve 
 
Chap.XXIII. A Defcription of the Sphere. 99 
 
 twelve equal Parts, called Signs, and charactered as 
 in the Figure with se, », n , &c. and every Sign is 
 divided into thirty equal Parts called Degrees ; fo that 
 
 This, and every great Circle of the Sphere contains 
 360 Degrees. 
 
 N. B. In or near this Circle the Fclipfe of the Sun 
 and Moon are always found, from whence it takes 
 its Name. 
 
 5. The Equinoctial Colure is a Circle that cuts the 
 Equinoctial at right Angles in the beginning of Aries 
 and Libra , and paffes thro ’ the Poles of the World ; 
 This Circle determines the beginning of the Spring , 
 and fall of the Leaf ; for when the Sun comes here 
 (which is on the 2 ift of March , and 22d of Septem- 
 ber ) the Days and Nights are equal. 
 
 6. The Sol/litial Colure is a Circle that cuts the 
 Equinoctial Colure at right Angles in the Poles of 
 the World, and when Cancer is upon the Meri- 
 dian, this Circle is alfo upon the Meridian (as you 
 may fee by the Sphere) when the Sun comes to this 
 Colure (which is upon the 21ft o ijune, and the 22a 
 of December ) he determines the longeft and /Ported 
 Days to all the Inhabitants on the North Side the 
 Equinoctial. 
 
 N. B. The above fix Circles cut the World into 
 two equal Parts. 
 
 Secondly, Of the Four lelfer Circles of the Sphere. 
 
 1 . The Lropick of Cancer is parallel to the Equi- 
 noctial, and diftant from it 23 Deg. 29 Min. which 
 is the Sun s great ef Declination Northward 3 here the 
 Ecliptick and the Sol/litial Colure meet in the very 
 beginning of Cancer, making the longeji Day to all 
 the Northern Inhabitants. 
 
 H 2 
 
 2. The 
 
too A Defcription of the Sphere. Chap. XXII. 
 
 2. The Propick of Capricorn is alfo parallel to the 
 Equinoctial , but diftant from it 23 Deg. 29 Min. to- 
 wards the South , and is equal to the Sun’s greateft 
 Declination ; here the Eclfptick and Solftitial Colure 
 meet in the very beginning of the Sign Capricorn , 
 making the Jhorteft Day to all the Northern Inha- 
 bitants. 
 
 The Reafon why thefe are called leffer Circles is, 
 becaufe they cut the Sphere (or World) into two un- 
 equal Parts. 
 
 Lastly, The two Polar Circles are the fame 
 Diftance from the Poles, that the Propicks are from 
 the Equinoctial, viz. 23 Deg. 29 Min. When the 
 Sun enters Cancer , thofe that live under the Arctic 
 Circle fee him in their Horizon at Midnight, and 
 when the Sun enters Capricorn, thofe that live un- 
 der the Antarctic Circle lee the Sun in their Horizon 
 at Midnight. 
 
 The Earth’s Axis is a Line fuppofed to pafs from 
 Pole to Pole , and through the Earth's Center ; and 
 note, it always reprefents the Pop, or uppermost Part 
 of the Stile in all Dials : and makes an Angle with 
 the Horizon equal to the Latitude of your Habita- 
 tion : and it always cuts the Equinoctial at right 
 Angles, and the Equinoctial makes an Angle with the 
 Horizon equal to the Complement of the Latitude of 
 the Place where you live. 
 
 The Earth is fixed upon its Axis in the middle of 
 the Sphere (or World) and in Dialling it is reckon- 
 ed no mors than a Point , becaufe it is at fo vaft a 
 Diftance ftom the Sun. 
 
 N. B. The Axis of the Ecliptick is noted in the 
 Sphere , but is of no manner of Ufe in Dialling. 
 
 CHA P. 
 
Chap. XXIII. Latin Mottos for Dials, & c. iox 
 
 C H A P. XXIII. Latin Mottos for Dials, ’with 
 their Meaning in Englifh. 
 
 \A LUS inferviendo confurnor. 
 
 Profit by my Lofs. 
 
 2 Ars longa Vita Art is without End, 
 
 brevis. Life but a Span, 
 
 f Avaritia hodie dominatur. 
 
 3 I You covet to-morrow. 
 
 4 Aut Ctefar aut nihil. I thine or fhroud, 
 
 5 * About your Bufinefs. 
 
 6 Amat Lucem. It loves the Light. 
 
 7 Advetiiet ille Dies. The Day will come, 
 g f Abi, non moratur Hora, ambula in Luce. 
 
 I Begone, the Hour flies, walk in Light* 
 
 9 Alias et idem. Every where the fame. 
 
 10 Afpice fugimus. Behold we fly. 
 
 A [or e] Ccelo Veritas. 
 
 11 Truth the Daughter of Heaven. 
 
 12 Agi ad pcenitendam. Forced to recant. 
 
 1 3 Bulla eft vita humana. Life’s a Bubble. 
 
 1 4 Brevis Hominum vita. Short is human Life. 
 
 15 Behold and be gone about your Bufinefs. 
 
 16 Confume not thy Time in Idlenefs. 
 
 17 Curfum peregi. I have finished my Courfe. 
 
 18 Circumfpicit omnia. He beholds all Things, 
 r Claritatem et fplendorem folis indico. 
 
 9 j I fhew by the Kindnefs and Splendor of the Sun. 
 f Cum tempus non exifit, tunc morior. 
 
 20 1 When Time ceafes to exift, I fhall be forgotten. 
 
 * On the General Pojl-Ojfice , 
 
 h 3 
 
 21 Certi * 
 
24j 
 
 2 5 
 
 26 
 
 27 
 
 28 
 
 29 
 
 3 ° 
 
 3 
 
 102 Latin Mottos for Dials, &c. Chap.XXIII. 
 
 2 j f Certitudinem ncquirit eundo. 
 
 1 Its Progrefs confirms its Certainty. 
 
 22 Carpe diem. This is the Day. 
 
 f Carpe diem quam minimum credula pojicro. 
 
 3 1 None can tell what will happen to-morrow. 
 
 ] Cut folem ante ferum ? 
 
 * What can be compared with the Sun ? 
 
 Ciio pede labitur cetas. Time paffes fwiftly away. 
 Cito pede praterit eetas. Time fwiftly flies away. 
 Concito gradu. My Flight is rapid. 
 
 Conjidera te. Know thyfelf. 
 
 Certa Ratio. An account mull be given. 
 Ccedimur merito. We fufFer defervedly. 
 f Deus adeft labor antibus. 
 
 1 [ Heaven favours the Diligent. 
 
 C Difce dies numerare tuos. 
 
 Learn to value your Time, 
 f Difce bene vivere & morn 
 3 5 ( Live and die hapy. 
 
 34 Dies diem trudit. A Day may ruin thee. 
 
 35 Dum fpectas fugio . I fly while you behold me. 
 
 , f Dona pr ref entis cape Iretus. 
 
 3 [ Enjoy the prefent Hour. 
 
 | Difcite jujiitiam monitih 
 3 7 1 Learn to be wife in Time. 
 
 ^ f Dum fpectas fugit bora. 
 
 3 l The Hour flies while you are gazing. 
 
 39 Dum fugio numeras. I fly while you number, 
 
 40 Difce mori mundo. Die to the World, 
 f Dum fugit umbra , quiefco. 
 
 ^ I fTjie Shadow moves tho’ I am at Reft. 
 
 f Durabat fplendor folis. 
 
 £ “ 2 fThe Light of the Sun fhall endure. 
 
 43 Dona 
 
 * At Wejimlnjler-Halt. 
 
Chap. XXIII. Latin Mottos for Dials, &c. 
 J Dona prefent is rape Icetus. 
 cChearfully accept of Things prefent. 
 
 44 Deprejfa refur go. I fet to rife. 
 
 Dare quam accipere . 
 
 103 
 
 AS 
 
 It is more blefled to give than to receive. 
 
 , r Dum videam fatis eft. , 
 
 ^ | If l but fee it is fufficient. 
 y Dum JpeEtas fplendit. 
 
 I Whilft thou art looking he fliines. 
 
 48 Difponit tempus dies. Days make Years. 
 
 . f Dies ajfert mult a. 
 
 Sufficient to the Day is the Evil thereof. 
 
 Q K Difce tuos numerare dies . 
 
 ** (Learn to number thy Days. 
 
 ! *En fupra vita fugax. 
 f-En infra cert a mors. 
 
 A Life on Flight’s foon out of Sight, 
 f Ex hoc momento pendet ccternitas. 
 
 ^ i On the prefent Moment depends Eternity, 
 f Eheu fugaces labuntur anni l 
 [ Where is laid Year flown 1 
 5 Ecce ut horafic fugit vita. 
 
 Life flies like the Hour. 
 
 55 Ecce bora. Now or never. 
 
 5b Et nobis et vobis. To us and you. 
 
 C Eternam tibi femper adeffe put a. 
 
 (You are on the Brink of Eternity, 
 q f Ecce nunc tempus accept abile fejline falvare. 
 
 ^ £ Now is the accepted Time, now is the Day of Salvation. 
 
 f **Edwardus fovet ut fol. 
 
 ^ ( Edward beneficent as the Sun. 
 
 1 
 
 of one Face of a Dial on St. Mary 0*very $ Church* 
 
 * At the Top 
 
 i At the Bottom \ Southwark , which hangs over the Burial-Ground 
 ** On Cbn/i s Ho pita], founded by EDWARD the Vlth, 
 
 H 4 
 
 60 Extricas 
 
104 Latin Mottos for Dials , &c. Chap. XXIII. 
 
 60 Extricas nihil. Effect nothing. 
 
 6 1 Fxhibe jidem vocis. Perform your Promife. 
 
 6 ? Feftina lente I ° bferve Motion. 
 
 02 rejtma lente. | Dq nothing hafti]y> 
 
 ^ f Fortuna urbes amplijfimas evert it. 
 
 ** 1 No Exemption from my Influence, 
 
 f Fugiojuge. 
 
 * 4 *) Be gone about your Buflnefs. 
 
 Li flay for no Man. 
 
 65 Fejlinat fuprema. The laft Hour approaches. 
 
 66 p U g it pes (vel bora) The Day flies. 
 
 67 Fugit. aetas avara. 
 
 68 J Pugit k° ra f me tnora. 
 
 I Time paffes away without Delay. 
 
 69 Fruftra me extinguis. To flop me is impoflible. 
 7 ° Finem vitce fpedla. Such is Life. 
 
 ' ' Fumus et unlbra fumus.** 
 
 " ! Smoke and Shadow are Emblems of Life. v 
 i Fug ax eft at as. 
 i Life is of fhort Continuance. 
 
 *7 ? 5 Fugit irreparabile tempus. 
 
 w ^- en paff is irreparable. 
 
 „ f Grata fuperveniet bora. 
 
 ' + (May it be a welcome Hour. 
 
 7 5 Grata fuperveniet. May it be welcome. 
 
 f Grata fuperveniet quce non fperabitur. 
 
 76 [The lefs expected the more pleaflng. 
 
 vivere difce. 1 Rif ds fetti 
 
 LT Ilhnc dijce mori. j b r 0 
 
 78 Dora quaji umbra. Man is but a Shadow. 
 \Domo fugit rapide lethumq invadit inermes. 
 
 \ The Hours glide fwiftly, and the ungarded are eafily furprifed, 
 
 ** On a Dial on a Chimney. 
 
 * * x cr f of another Face of the Dia^ on St . Mary O ve- 
 
 A ^ S r f s Church, Southwark, which hangs over the 
 
 7 1 
 
 72 
 
 ry s ' 
 
 Burial Ground. 
 
Chap.XXIII. Latin Mottos for Dials, &c. 105 
 
 80 Horn pars vita. Every Hour fhortens life, 
 o f Horam quam petis redimite. 
 
 1 f Redeem the Time, 
 
 £ f Haud mora carpe diem . 
 
 I Seize the prefent Opportunity. 
 
 83 Hoc tuum eft. The prefent only is thine. 
 
 84 Heu ! queerimus umbram. We purfue fhadows, 
 8 5 Horam vitam imminuit . Every Hour fhortens life. 
 86 Hoc age. Remember. 
 
 Hodie mihi eras tibi. Each in his Turn. 
 
 It a vita. Such is life. 
 
 I bide my Time, I flay for no Man, 
 
 Immotum in motu. Ever the fame. 
 
 ‘ Inter Cafarem & G alb am 
 
 87 
 
 88 
 
 89 
 
 90 
 
 9 1 < Sol miniftrat umbram. 
 
 . The Sun is alike beneficent to all. 
 
 \Interpres fidus folis. 
 
 'I interpret faithfully the Sun. 
 
 Indico utere. Improve by my Admonition. 
 
 In ftngulas boras. Every Moment. 
 Ingravantibus annis. OurYears multiply. 
 
 96 Labor ipfe voluptas. I labour for your Pleafure. 
 , Lex Dei lux Diei. 
 
 97 
 
 98 
 
 92 
 
 93 
 
 94 
 
 95 
 
 1 = 
 
 The Law of God is as clear as the Light. 
 
 Let your Light fo fhine that Men may fee your good Works. 
 
 5 Lente fufeipe cito perftce. 
 
 99 [Set out at Leifure, proceed with Hafle. 
 
 Luce labor andum. Walk whilft it is light. 
 Luce lucit. He fliines in the Light. 
 
 Lux poft umbram. After Darknefs Light. 
 Lux venit ab alto. Light comes from above. 
 
 100 
 
 101 
 
 102 
 
 103 
 
 I0 4 [Thy Commandments enlighten the Eyes. 
 [104] Luceo et lateo. I ihine and fet, 
 
 105 
 
 Leges luce c lari ores. 
 
 Lux 
 
109 
 
 no 
 
 111 
 
 1 1 2 
 
 JI 3 
 
 106 Latin Mottos^r Dials, &c, Chap.XXIII. 
 Jo 5 Lux umbra 
 
 t Light is God s Shadow. 
 
 106 Look forward. 
 
 107 Ludimus leve. We trifle. 
 
 1 08 Lues culpam fpiritu. Your Life fhall pay for it. 
 y Mora trahit periculum. 
 c Delay is the Parent of Danger. 
 
 J Me ortum videsforfan non occafum. 
 
 You have feen me rife, but may not fee me fet. 
 Maneo nemini. I flay for no Man. 
 f Memor ejlo brevis cevi. 
 i Remember the Shortnefs of Life. 
 
 Mind your Bufinefs. 
 
 1 1 4 Monjlrat in Jilentio. Silent Inftrudlion . 
 
 1 1 5 Mors ultima pcena eft. Death clofes the Scene. 
 1 16 Mors omnia vincit . Death conquers all. 
 
 ^ J Mors de die accelerat. 
 
 J | Every Day brings Death nearer. 
 
 £ f Mors nobis quotidie imminet . 
 
 ) This Day may be your laft. 
 
 J Memor efto quod morieris? 
 
 [Can you forget you are mortal? 
 
 120 Mors meta laborum. Death terminates Labour. 
 121 Mors iter ad vit am. To die is to live. 
 
 122 Moriendo vivo. I live and die daily. 
 
 123 Metam properamus ad unam. All mufl die. 
 
 124 Mortalia cogita. Remember thou art mortal, 
 j f Me lumen vos umbra regit. 
 
 5 I Light directs me, and you a Shadow. 
 
 126 Mors omnia Jlernit. Death conquers all. 
 
 127 Me nutrit Apollo. Apollo is my Teacher, 
 f *Mentiri non eft meum. 
 
 ( Lying does not belong to me. 
 
 * On a Dial facing Billingsgate, where the Dealers in Coals affemble 
 daily, 
 
 129 Man’s 
 
Chap.XXIII. Latin Mottos for Dials, &c. I 
 
 119 Man’s but a Shadow. 
 
 f Nemo fine crimine vivil. 
 
 I The brighteft Day has its Shades, 
 f Nil dat quod non habet. 
 
 £Of nothing, nothing can be produced. 
 
 C Non fiemper erunt Saturnalia. 
 
 (.Take Time by the Forelock, 
 f Non nobis nati fiumus. 
 
 I We are not made for ourfelves. 
 
 Non fime lumine . Not without Light. 
 
 Nofice teipfium. Know thyfelf. 
 
 136 Nulla dies Jine linea. Improve every Day. 
 f Noli confidere nodlem. 
 
 | You are not fure of feeing Night, ^ 
 
 C Non progredi et regredi. 
 
 1 Every Stop leffens theProgrefs. 
 f Nos jlendo ducimus boras, 
 f Life is a melancholy Tale. 
 
 Naficimur & morimur. Born and dead. 
 
 Non moror. I never Hop. 
 
 Non redibo. Never to return. 
 
 Nec fiol in fummo manet . 
 
 ^The Sun has his Viciffitudes. 
 
 ( Nil boni hodie diem perdidi . 
 
 ( WhatgoodA£tions have you performed to -da 
 Nec metuendo viris. Indifferent to the Wife. 
 5 Neque lux fine umbra. 
 
 2 No Light without a Shadow. 
 
 Nocet umbra nocenti. 
 
 348 Non femper clarum. Not always intelligible. 
 
 149 Nos ut umbra. We referable the Shadow. 
 
 150 Neficitis horam. Ye know not the Hour. 
 
 1 5 1 Non vetuit mori. No flying from Death. 
 
 152 Nofir a latet. We know not our End. 
 
 153 N 
 
 130 
 
 * 3 * 
 
 132 
 
 133 
 
 1 34 
 
 135 
 
 *37 
 
 138 
 
 *39 
 
 140 
 
 141 
 j 41 
 
 *43 
 
 144 
 
 *45 
 
 146 
 
 *47 
 
i oS Latin Mottos for Dials, &c. Chap. XXIIL 
 f Non memet extinguo. 
 
 I 53 | My Term is not my own Decree. 
 
 \ Non , quantum , fed quo modo. 
 j 54 I The Manner, not the Matter. 
 
 f Non aliter perio fpecies quam futiiis umbra. 
 
 \ My Emblem is a Shadow, 
 i q 6 Nihil ve loci us annis. Nothing fleeter than Time. 
 *57 Non in tenebris. Not in Darknefs. 
 
 158 Non rego nifi regar. As I am directed I direct. 
 
 f Noli imputare mihi . 
 j 59 l^piace them not to my Account. 
 
 160 Nocendum nulli. Injure no Man. 
 
 161 Noli irafcaris. Avoid Anger. 
 
 ^ S 0mnem cre ^ e diem tibi diluxijfe fupremum. 
 
 ^ Believe every Day to be the laft. 
 
 , f Omnia falce metit tempus. 
 
 3 | Nothing can reflfl: the Scythe of Time. 
 
 164 Orimur et morimur. We rife and fet. 
 
 , f Qmbra f allace que mentres apprejfafuge ! 
 
 1 3 | Delufive Shadow, fo fpeedy in thy Flight ! 
 166 Otiumfuge. Fly Idlenefs. 
 
 Things to pafs. 
 f * Orient fol adornatur. 
 
 168 'S When Sol adorns the Eafl. 
 
 (.All worfhip the rifing Sun. 
 
 , f Pereunt et imputantur. 
 
 1 ^ \ The Hours vanifli, yet are recorded. 
 
 370 Pax optima rerum. Light is the Parent of Peace# 
 cPoJl 'voluptatem mifericordia. 
 
 17 1 i -f-Pleafure is the Parent of Pain. 
 
 (.Night treads upon the Heels of Day. 
 
 * An Eajl Dial. 
 
 + Upon a Dial at a Lock, or Hofpital for thofe who have the foul 
 Difeafe* 
 
 172 Peace, 
 
Chap. XXIIL Latin Mottos for Dials , &c. 109 
 
 i 7 x Peace, Love and Unity, thro’ Time to Eternity. 
 173 Prize Time. 
 
 C Pubis et umbra fiumus. 
 
 *74 l Life paffes like the Shadow. 
 
 175 Proba veritatem mei. Try me. 
 
 5 Publica privatis fecernite facra prophanis , 
 
 *7 \ Be always difcreet. 
 
 f Plura labori dulcibus quae dam otiis. 
 
 I?-? Ip 
 
 Kepole' alter Labour is iwce- 
 
 178 Pojl tenebras lucem. After DarkneL Light. 
 rPoft tenebras Jpero lucem. 
 
 ] Alter Darknei’s I hope for Light. 
 
 Jr Prcefiant ceterna caducis. 
 
 ■1 Eternity alone merits our Attention. 
 
 P Procrafiinatio eft odiofa. 
 j Delays are dangerous, 
 r Pojl eft occafto calva. 
 
 | Do not omit the prefent Opportunity. 
 
 C Phoebus inftar revivifco. 
 
 1 1 revive like the Sun. 
 
 184 Phoebus recreat quae vulcanus excujjit. 
 r Prcxima non noftra eft. 
 
 1 The next is not in our Power, 
 r Spualis vita, finis ita. 
 
 | A virtuous Life, a happy Eternity, 
 f Quod tibi fieri non vis , alteri ne feceris . 
 
 | Do as you would willingly be done by. 
 r Qua redit nefcitis horam. 
 
 | Ye know not the Hour, 
 r Quid celerius tempore ? 
 
 | What is fwifter than Time ? 
 f fiu am queer as ne, per das. 
 
 I Secure it whilft in your Power. 
 
 191 
 
 179 
 
 180 
 
 181 
 
 182 
 
 183 
 
 185 
 
 186 
 
 187 
 
 188 
 
 189 
 1190 
 
f IO 
 
 Latin Mottos for Blah , &c. Chap.XXIII. 
 f Quid cunttarts niji occupas fugit . 
 
 [ Seize the flying Hour, 
 r Quod pet is umbra ejl. 
 
 [ You purfue a Shadow, 
 f Quod vides non diu. 
 
 [The Things feen are temporal. 
 
 1 94 Qua pota lucit. Exert your Talents. 
 
 f Quid optas quod babes. 
 
 *95 | Ridiculous ! to with and have. 
 
 191 
 
 192 
 
 *93 
 
 9 | Life pafles like the Shadow. 
 
 V *Quid Jlans t tranjit ejl bora. 
 
 *97 I All is temporary, and pafleth like the Hour. 
 
 198 Quid mult a ? One Thing is neceflary. 
 
 199 Quanta res l How important ! 
 
 200 Redime tempus. Redeem the Time, 
 f Redime tempus , nil perpetuum. 
 
 [Redeem the Time, it willfoon be gone, 
 f Redime tempus , vivitur ex rapto. 
 
 [ Redeem the Time, the Tenure is uncertain. 
 Revocabile tempus. Recall the Time. 
 
 204 Refurga. Awake to Life. 
 
 205 -f ‘Re fur gam. I fliall rife again. 
 
 206 Ruit bora. The Hour flits. 
 
 207 Remember. 
 
 208 Rus in urbe. The Country in the City. 
 
 209 Religionem cole. 
 
 201 
 
 202 
 
 203 
 
 Honour Religion. 
 
 210 
 
 211 
 
 212 
 
 215 
 
 Sic vita. Such is Life. 
 
 C Sic tranfit gloria mundi. 
 
 [So marches the God of Day. 
 
 Sine lumine inane. Not without Light. 
 Sic prater it cetas. Life flies fwiftly. 
 
 * On the Church Porch of Calbeck In Cumberland. 
 ^ Alluding tO'thefci;ing Sun, 
 
 214 Sic 
 
Chap.XXIII. Latin Mottos for Dials , &e. 1 1 1 
 
 2 1 4 <S/V hominis vita. Such is the Life of Man, 
 
 2 1 5 Semper in motu. Ever in Motion. 
 
 C * Sol lucet charitas extendi t omnibus. 
 
 216 ^ Charity, like the Sun, is beneficent to 3II. 
 
 2 1 7 So flies Life away. 
 
 2 1 9 Senefcimus effugit cetas- Old Age approacheth. 
 
 220 Semper paratum. Be always prepared. 
 
 2 2i Subferviens vehicula lucis. 
 
 f Sic tilt tempus erit. 
 
 122 f Your Time is approaching. 
 
 f Suprema hac multis forfan tibi. 
 
 2 2 3 f The laft to many, poffibly to you. 
 
 f Suprema multis bora forfan tibi. 
 
 12 4 1 The laft Hour to many, poflibly to you. 
 
 215 f Si cut fios. Like a Flower, 
 f Sol minifirat umbram. 
 
 226 | The Sun caufes the Shadow. 
 
 227 j | Sumus fumus. We vanifti like Smoke. 
 
 228 So flies Life away. 
 
 f Sol gloria fpherce. 
 
 229 g un 
 
 gives a Luftre to the Univerfe. 
 f Sic fti leetantur lares ! 
 
 2 3 ° {.How delightful the extended Profped ! 
 
 1 'Sic imus ad atria lucis , 
 
 2 2 1 * Slut umbras erebi. 
 
 Thus we pafs on to Happinefs or Mifery. 
 
 232 Sic fubducimur. Thus our Lives terminate. 
 
 C Sol fplendit omnibus, 
 
 2 33 /The Sun ftiines on all. 
 
 218 Senfm fine fenfu. 
 
 f In a Garden. f On a Chiomtyi 
 
 * At a Charity-School. 
 
1 12 Latin Mottos for Dials, &c. Chap. XXIIL 
 j- ,f«S 'i Deus nobifcum quis contra nos. 
 
 L 2 33 J|]y[y God and all Things. 
 
 C Salve domine Anglorum . 
 
 ^ Hail Lord of Britain. 
 f Spectator faflidiofus Jibi moleflus. 
 f Envious Spe&ator, be thy own Tormentor. 
 136 Semel elapfum. Once elapfed. 
 
 ^ Tempus ad lucetn ducit veritatem. 
 
 ^Time brings Truth to Light. 
 
 $ Tempus obit, mors venit. 
 
 1 Time dies, Death reigns. 
 
 'Tempus fugit. Time flies. 
 
 Tempus vita monitor. 
 
 2 Time is a Memento to Life. 
 
 J Tenere non potes nec per dere. 
 
 I Impoflible to be kept or loft, 
 f Tempus me velocius avolans redimite. 
 
 {.The Rapidity of Time augments its Value, 
 f Tranfit bora [me mora. 
 
 1 ’Tis impoflible to flop the fleeting Hour. 
 
 S Tempus rerum imperator. 
 t-Time commands all Things. 
 
 Tempus labitur. Time fteals away. 
 
 246 Tarde fed certe. Slow but fure. 
 
 247 Take Time by the Forelock. 
 
 Time flies. 
 
 ‘ Tempus edax rerum. 
 
 'Time brings all Things to an End. 
 f Tenere non potes, per dere potes. 
 
 I You may wafte, but cannot flop me. 
 
 True as the Dial to the Sun. 
 
 f Like Smoke. 
 
 (.Life vanishes like Smoke. 
 
 2 37 
 
 238 
 
 *39 
 
 240 
 
 241 
 
 242 
 
 243 
 
 244 
 
 2 45 
 
 248 
 
 249 
 
 25° 
 
 251 
 
 272 
 
 *Tanquam f limits. 
 
 * Ona Chimney. 
 
 253 Tor peri 
 
Chap.XXIJI. Latin Mottos^r Dials, &e. 1 
 
 Tempori pare. Yield to the Times* 
 
 \ Tempus celerrime aufugit . 
 
 I Time paflfes fwiftly away, 
 j Tempus omnia rev el at. 
 
 | Time reveals all Things. 
 
 ( Tempore Jiunt omnia. 
 
 | Time finishes all Things. 
 
 5 Tempus vita monitor. 
 
 } Time is the Monitor of Life. 
 
 Tempus breve eft. Life is fhort. 
 
 Take up the Crofs and follow me.* 
 
 Time and Tide Ray for no Man.-f* 
 
 Time is precious. 
 
 j Tempus fugit, mors venit. [ing. 
 
 I Time’s on theWing, andDeath’s approach- 
 f Tot 'bora quot vices. 
 
 I Every Hour has its Changes. 
 
 Truditur dies r/zV.**OneDay fucceeds another. 
 V Tempora mutantur & nos. 
 l All Things fluctuate. 
 
 Trepide. In a Hurry. 
 
 { Umbra Dei. 
 
 The Workmanlhip of the great Architect. 
 
 2 53 
 
 2 54 
 
 2 55 
 
 25 6 
 
 *57 
 
 2 cS 
 
 259 
 
 260 
 
 261 
 
 262 
 
 263 
 
 264 
 
 265 
 
 266 
 
 267 
 
 268 
 
 269 
 
 -270 
 
 271 
 
 272 
 
 5 Vt umbra ftc vita. 
 
 ir ‘ 
 
 Life is fleeting as the Shadow. 
 
 Venio ut fur. I fteal imperceptibly upon you. 
 S Vigilate & orate, tempus fugit. 
 
 L Watch and pray, lime fteals away. 
 
 Via vita. Life’s Road. 
 
 S Vita noflra eft inftar comma dt a. 
 
 2 Life often changes Scenes. 
 
 * On the Face of a Dial, on which is painted St. Andrew and his 
 Crofs, on the South Side of St. Andrew's Church, in tie liar n. 
 f At the Steel Yard, facing the Thames. 
 
 ** HORACE. 
 
 I 
 
 273 Veritas 
 
U4 
 
 2 73 
 
 2 74 
 
 2 75 
 
 276 
 
 277 
 
 278 
 
 279 
 
 280 
 
 281 
 
 282 
 
 o C Umbra tranfitus eji tempus nojirum. 
 
 ^ i Our Life refembles the Shadow that pafleth away. 
 
 „ r Vive memor quam fis avi brevis. 
 
 ^ l Life how fhort ! Eternity how long ! 
 
 q _ ^ Vent us quo vult fpirat .* 
 
 2 ^ 1 The Wind bloweth where it lifteth. 
 
 286 Vita tranjit. Life paffeth away. 
 w o„ f Verus fum temp or is index. 
 
 2 ^ 1 1 /hew the Time faithfully. 
 
 288 
 
 r Vivite, ait jugio.d 
 l Live, it fays, I am on the Wing. 
 
 289 Volucri curfu. With winged Speed. 
 
 290 Welcome Chapmen.'** 
 
 
 Latin Mottos forDials, &c. Chap.XXIII .3 
 
 c Veritas temporis Jilia. 
 
 I Time is the Father of Truth. 
 
 S Vehimur proper antibus horis 
 ad coelum aut erebum. 
 
 r Fhe fleeting Hours waft us to Happinefs or Mifery. 
 
 L igilate. Be vigilant. 
 
 Vi ejira latet. Your Fate is uncertain, 
 f Vane/cit & iter urn apparet. 
 
 X It vanifhes and appears. 
 
 Vi rrum Joli. True to the Sun. 
 
 5 Umbra videt umbram, vive hodie. 
 t One Shadow gazeth at another, 
 f Una dabit quod negat altera. 
 
 I What is denied by one may be fupplied by another. 
 
 r Vigor atatis jluit lit Jlos veris. 
 
 \ Life in its greateft Vigour u altogether Vanity. 
 
 { Utere prafentiy memor ultima. 
 
 If you remember the lafl, you’ll improve the prefenL 
 
 
 * On a Wind Dial. 
 
 + B. At ter bury, at Bromley in Kent . 
 ** On a Dial in a Market Place.- 
 
Chap. XXIII. Latin Mottos for Dials, &c . 1 15 
 
 291 Work to-day, and play to-morrow. 
 
 292 Watch, for you know not the Hour. 
 
 293 Watch. 
 
 294 Zcoyj drfjLvj <ntSj. Life’s theSpedlatorof aShadow. 
 
 Upon the Sun-Dial on the High-Church Wall of 
 G L A S G O W. 295 
 
 Our Life’s a flying Shadow, God’s the Pole; 
 The Index pointing at him is our Soul; 
 
 Death’s the Horizon, when our Sun is fet. 
 Which will through Chrijl a Refurredtion get* 
 
 Written on a Sun-Dial in d Circ e. 296 
 
 Sic petit oceanum Phoebus, fic vita fepulchrum, 
 
 Dum fenfm tacita volvitur bora rota : 
 
 Secula fc fugient, fc lux, Jic umbra, theatrum 
 Donee Jlelligerum clauferit una dies. 
 
 Afterwards turned into Englifh ; 
 
 Thus fteal the filent Hours away, *» 
 
 The Sun thus haftes to reach the Sea, > 
 
 And Men to mingle with their Clay. 3 
 Thus Light and Shade divide the Year, T 
 ’Till the laft great Day appear > 
 
 To fhut the ftarry Theatre. J 
 
 ANOTHER. 
 
 297 So Aide the Hours, fo wears the Day, 
 
 Thefe Moments meafure Life away. 
 
 With all its Trains, of Hope and Fear ; 
 ’Till fluffing Scenes of Shade and Light 
 Rife to eternal Day, or link in endlefs Night, 
 Where all is Joy, or all Defpair, 
 
 I z 
 
 
Ii6 Mottos for Dials i & c. Chap. XXIII. 
 
 Om a Cieling Dial, ufually called a Spot Dial, made, 
 at a ‘wejlern JVindow at Theobald’s. 
 
 298 Little Sun upon the Cieling, 
 
 Ever moving, ever ftealing 
 
 Moments, Minutes, Hours away. 
 
 May no Shade forbid thy Ihining, 
 
 While the heavenly Sun declining 
 Calls us to improve the Day. 
 
 Another for a Spot Dial. 
 
 299 Shining Spot, but ever Hiding! 
 
 Brighteft Hours have no abiding: 
 
 Ufe the golden Moments well ; 
 
 Life is wafting, 
 
 Death is halting, 
 
 Death configns to Heav’n or Hell.. 
 ANOTHER. 
 
 300 Se$ the little Day-Star moving; 
 
 Life and Time are worth improving: 
 
 Seize the Moments while they ftay. 
 
 Seize and ufe them, 
 
 Left you lofe them. 
 
 And lament the wafted Day. 
 
 ANOTHER. 
 
 301 This plainly fliews to foolifh Man, 
 
 That his whole Life is but a Span. 
 
Chap. XXIV. A new 'Table, &c. ilj 
 
 C H A P. XXIV. A new Table of the Eleva- 
 tion of the Pole, and Difference of Me- 
 ridians from London. 
 
 A New arid Corr&^AlphabeticalT able of themoft 
 * eminent Cities , 5 towns, &c. in the World;* 
 {hewing at each Place the Elevation of the Pole , 
 and the Difference of their Meridian from London. 
 
 fO” The Elevation of the Pole fignifies the fame 
 Thing as the Latitude of the Place ; and the Dif- 
 ference of the Meridian, the fame as the Longitude 
 of the Place. 
 
 Note, 
 
 D") f Degrees 
 
 H ^fignifies Honrs 
 Mj Minutes 
 
 E 
 
 W 
 
 N 
 
 S 
 
 Eaft 
 
 Weft 
 
 North 
 
 South 
 
 | Longitude 
 | Latitude . 
 
 An Explanation of the following fable. 
 
 The Names of the Places ftand in an alphabetical 
 Order, andthofe Names are always followed by One 
 or Two more in the fame Line or Article. Where 
 there is but One Name following that of the Place , 
 it fignifies what Kingdom or Part of the World it 
 is fituated in; as Athens , Greece, fignifies that 
 Athens'^ in Greece: But where there are Two Names 
 following the Name oithesPlace, the Firjl fignifies 
 the Province or Divifion, and the Second the King- 
 dom or Part of the World, as Aix laChapelle, Welt- 
 phalia, Germany, fignifies that Aix la Chapelle is 
 in Weftphalia, whichisaProvince of Germany, and 
 fo of all the reft. 
 
 N, B. The Table of the principal Cities and Towns in England , 
 & At Lind, Ireland \ and Walei , i^ on Page i.} 3 Iffc. 
 
 I 3 A, Adrianop e t 
 
1 1 B A new Table of the Elevation of the 
 
 A, 
 
 Adrianople , Turkey, Europe 
 Agra, a Capital in the Mogul’s Empire 
 AiXy Provence, France 
 Aix la Cbapeiie, Weftphalia, Germany 
 Aleppo , Syria, Alia 
 Alexandria , Egypt* Africa 
 Alexandretta , Syria, Afia 
 Algiers* Barbary, Africa 
 AUcant , Valencia, Spain 
 Ampler dam* Holland 
 Antibes , Provence, France 
 Antwerp , Brabant 
 Archangel , Ruilia 
 Arte a* Peru, South America 
 Ajlracan % near the Cafpian Sea, Mufcovy 
 Athens , Greece 
 Augsburg , Suabia, Germany 
 B. 
 
 Babylon* Chaldea 
 
 JBagdat , Mefopotamia, Aiia 
 
 Baldwin , Chili, South America 
 
 Bar ha does* Weft- Indies 
 
 Barcelona , Catalonia, Spain 
 
 Batavia , java, EafMndies 
 
 Bayonne , Gafcony, France 
 
 Belgrade , Servia 
 
 Belvedre , Naples, Italy 
 
 Benevente , Spain 
 
 Benevtntum , Naples, Italy 
 
 Bengal* India 
 
 Bergen , Norway 
 
 Berlin , Germany ( 
 
 Switzerland 
 BUboa , Bifcay, Spain 
 Bologne , ox Boulogne* Italy 
 
 Lower Rhine, Germany 
 Boijleduc , Brabant, Flanders 
 Bo ft on* New- England 
 Bourdeaux , Guienne, France 
 Bourges, Orleanois, France 
 Brandenburgh, Fruflia, Germany 
 Bretagne, France 
 B eda Spa nifli Provinces 
 Breflaw , Bohemia, Germany 
 Brit'* Holland 
 Brtndifi , Naples, Italy 
 Brunywick, Germany 
 
 La tit. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 H. 
 
 43 
 
 18 N; 
 
 1 
 
 29 
 
 oN 
 
 5 
 
 43 
 
 4 n 
 
 0 
 
 5 ° 
 
 48 N 
 
 0 
 
 37 
 
 0 N 
 
 2 
 
 51 
 
 25 N 
 
 2 
 
 37 
 
 icN 
 
 2 
 
 36 
 
 20 N 
 
 0 
 
 57 
 
 45 N 
 
 0 
 
 5 2 
 
 2Q N 
 
 0 
 
 43 
 
 15 N 
 
 0 
 
 51 
 
 ID N 
 
 0 
 
 64 
 
 30 N 
 
 2 
 
 ! 3 
 
 s O C? 
 
 4 
 
 46 
 
 ;o N 
 
 3 
 
 37 
 
 25 N 
 
 1 
 
 47 
 
 5S N 
 
 0 
 
 34 
 
 -joN 
 
 3 
 
 33 
 
 'oN 
 
 3 
 
 40 
 
 0 s 
 
 > 
 
 1 3 
 
 10 N 
 
 3 
 
 4 i 
 
 10N 
 
 0 
 
 6 
 
 5s 
 
 7 
 
 43 
 
 3° N 
 
 0 
 
 4 > 
 
 0 N 
 
 1 
 
 39 
 
 35 N 
 
 1 
 
 41 
 
 55 ^ 
 
 0 
 
 41 
 
 13N 
 
 1 
 
 2 1 
 
 0 N 
 
 5 
 
 60 
 
 oN 
 
 0 
 
 5 2 
 
 10N, 
 
 0 
 
 47 
 
 oN 
 
 0 
 
 43 
 
 10N 
 
 0 
 
 44 
 
 20 N 
 
 0 
 
 50 
 
 3 °N 
 
 0 
 
 S 1 
 
 30N 
 
 0 
 
 42 
 
 10N 
 
 4 
 
 +4 
 
 55 N 
 
 0 
 
 46 
 
 54 n 
 
 0 
 
 5 2 
 
 10 N 
 
 0 
 
 48 
 
 34N 
 
 0 
 
 5 1 
 
 30 N 
 
 0 
 
 5 1 
 
 5 N 
 
 1 
 
 5 1 
 
 55 N 
 
 0 
 
 40 
 
 48 N 
 
 1 
 
 S< 
 
 55 N 
 
 0 
 
 : Me, 
 
 M, 
 50E 
 38E 
 23E 
 28 E 
 
 45 B 
 
 3 1 E 
 
 9E 
 
 1 E 
 
 20 E 
 
 33 s 
 
 i7 E 
 
 41 E 
 
 59 W 
 26 E 
 35 E 
 43 E 
 
 I4E 
 
 2 E 
 
 12 W 
 
 59 W 
 8 E 
 6 E 
 
 5 W 
 
 13 E 
 
 6 E 
 
 21 W 
 2 E 
 
 1 2 E 
 
 22 E 
 
 5 ^E 
 
 3 1 E 
 9 ® 
 
 48 E 
 30 E 
 20 E 
 28 W 
 
 3 g 
 io E 
 50E 
 iSE 
 17 E 
 6E 
 25 E 
 
 13 E 
 
 46 E 
 Bruges, 
 
Pole, and Difference of Meridians. 119 
 
 Bruges, Flanders 
 BruJ/els, Flanders 
 Buda, Lower Hungary 
 C. 
 
 Cadiz , Andalufia, Spain 
 Caen , Normandy, France 
 Cagliari , Sardinia, Mediterranean 
 Cairo , Egypt, Africa 
 Calais , France 
 Calecute , Eaft-Indies 
 Cambray, France 
 Candia , in Candia-Ifland 
 Candea, Ceylon, £ all-Indies 
 Cape of Good Hope 
 Cartagena , Spanifli Weft-Indies 
 Carthagena , Murcia, Spain 
 Carthage , Barbary, Africa 
 Ctf/tf/, Milan, Italy 
 Catanea, Sicily 
 Ceuta, Africa 
 Charlestown, in Carolina 
 Cbrifianftad , Gothland, Sweden 
 Clermont , Lionois, France 
 Cleves, Weftphalia, Germany 
 Cochin, Malabar, Alia 
 Cochin-China, Eaft-Ind|es, Afia 
 Cologne , Germany 
 Conftantinople, Romania, Turkey 
 Copenhagen , JZealand, Denmark 
 Corinth , Morea, Turkey 
 Cracow , Poland 
 Cremona, Milan, Italy 
 
 Peru, South America 
 Cyprus Xfland, Levant 
 
 Latit. 
 
 D. M. 
 
 5 1 
 
 50 
 47 
 
 37 
 
 49 
 
 39 
 
 30 
 
 5 1 
 1 1 
 
 5 ° 
 
 34 
 
 7 
 
 34 
 
 37 
 
 35 
 
 45 
 
 1 5 N 
 48 N 
 oN 
 
 5 n 
 
 10 N 
 10N 
 oN 
 oN 
 10 N 
 
 55 N 
 30 N 
 
 25 s 
 
 oN 
 
 oN 
 
 cN 
 
 Dif. Me. 
 H. M. 
 12 E 
 16 E 
 8 E 
 
 37 20 N 
 
 35 5°N 
 
 32 30 N 
 
 56 35N 
 
 45 40 
 
 N 
 
 51 40 
 
 10 
 
 *3 
 
 N 
 
 oN 
 ° N 
 50 40 N 
 
 4 ! 6N 
 
 35 4 o N 
 N 
 
 38 
 
 N 
 
 50 * 5 m 
 45 10 N 
 
 12 20 S 
 
 35 
 
 23 W 
 22 W 
 38 E 
 6 E 
 8 E 
 
 59 f 
 
 13 E 
 
 39 K 
 
 22 E 
 6 E 
 
 2 E 
 44 E 
 
 34 E 
 1 E 
 
 23 W 
 
 24 W 
 58 E 
 13 E 
 2c E 
 
 I E 
 8 E. 
 
 29 
 
 E 
 
 59 ^ 
 
 50 E 
 
 30 E 
 23 E 
 
 4L2 E 
 
 48 w 
 16 E 
 
 Dantzick, Poland 
 Darmftadt , Upper Rhine, Germany 
 Holland 
 
 Derbent, near the Cafpian Sea 
 
 Deventer , United Provinces 
 
 D^v Upper Rhine, Germany 
 
 Dow ay, Flanders 
 
 Drefden , Saxony, Germany 
 
 Drontheim , Norway 
 
 Dunkirk , France 
 
 Durazzo , Albania, T urkey 
 
 54 
 
 *5 2 
 
 t 
 
 18 
 
 E 
 
 49 
 
 3 ° N 
 
 O 
 
 37 
 
 E 
 
 5 3 
 
 .10 N 
 
 0 
 
 1 7 
 
 E 
 
 42 
 
 oN 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 E 
 
 5 1 
 
 5 6 S 
 
 0 
 
 24 
 
 E 
 
 49 
 
 10N 
 
 0 
 
 29 
 
 E 
 
 5 ° 
 
 izN 
 
 0 
 
 H 
 
 E 
 
 5 1 
 
 6N 
 
 0 
 
 55 
 
 E 
 
 63 
 
 oN 
 
 o 
 
 4 * 
 
 E 
 
 5 > 
 
 7 N 
 
 0 
 
 10 
 
 E 
 
 40 
 
 4 °N, 
 
 1 
 
 1 1 
 
 E 
 
 14 
 
 Elbing* 
 
120 A new liable of the Elevation of the 
 
 E. 
 
 Elbing , Poland 
 
 Embden , Weftphalia, Germany 
 Ephefus, Natalia, Alia 
 
 F. 
 
 Ferrara, Italy 
 
 Fez , Barbary, Africa 
 
 Finale , Genoa, Italy 
 
 Florence , Tufcany, Italy 
 
 Fort St George , Eaft-Indles 
 
 Frankfort on the Oder, Germany 
 
 Frankfort on the Main, Germany 
 
 Erie burg, Suabia, Germany 
 
 Fumes , Flanders 
 
 G. 
 
 Gallipoli , Romania, Turkey 
 G elders, Gelderland 
 Geneva , Savoy, Italy 
 Genoa , Italy 
 Ghent, Flanders 
 Gibraltar , Andalulia, Spain 
 Glatz Bohemia, Germany 
 Goa. Ball- Indies 
 Gombroon , Perfian Gulf 
 Gottenburgh, Svveeden 
 Granada , Granada, Spain 
 Graveling , Flanders 
 Grenoble , Dauphins, France 
 Grodno, Lithuania, Poland 
 Groeningen , Holland 
 
 H. 
 
 Hague, Holland 
 Hall, Suabia, Germany 
 Hamburgh , Denmark 
 Hanazv, Upper Rhine, Germany 
 Hanover , Saxony, Germany 
 Harlem , Holland 
 
 Heidelburg , Lower Rhine, Germany 
 Heimfiat , Saxony, Germany 
 Hulftp Flanders 
 
 I. 
 
 James ^own, Virginia, North America 
 Jerufalem , Paleftine, Alia 
 Ingolflat, Bavaria, Germany 
 ljpaban> A cienc Perfia, Afia 
 Julier s , Weftphajk, Germany 
 K. 
 
 Kaminaick) Podpliv Poland 
 
 Latit. 
 
 D. M. 
 
 5 + 
 
 53 
 
 37 
 
 44 
 
 33 
 
 44 
 
 43 
 13 
 
 5 2 
 
 49 
 47 
 5 i 
 
 4 ° 
 
 5 1 
 
 46 
 
 44 
 
 5 1 
 3 ? 
 
 50 
 15 
 
 7 
 
 57 
 
 36 
 
 5 1 
 
 45 
 
 53 
 53 
 
 5 2 
 49 
 
 53 
 5 ° 
 
 5 2 
 5 2 
 
 49 
 5 l 
 5 1 
 
 37 
 
 32 
 
 48 
 
 33 
 
 50 
 
 1 49 
 
 20 N 
 10 N 
 50 N 
 
 45 N 
 15 N 
 10 N 
 40 N 
 o N 
 28 N 
 45 N 
 50 N 
 15 N 
 
 55 N 
 15 N 
 
 15 N 
 25 N 
 
 6 N 
 30 N 
 30 N 
 22 N 
 10 N 
 30 N 
 20 N 
 
 4 ^ 
 
 10 N 
 
 2 c N 
 S N 
 
 10 N 
 6 N 
 
 3 .0 N 
 3 N 
 
 16 N 
 25 N 
 12 N 
 32 N 
 20 N 
 
 10 N 
 44 N 
 32 N 
 O IN 
 20 N 
 
 20 N 
 
 Dif. Me. 
 H. M. 
 22 E 
 29 E 
 50'E 
 
 49 E 
 
 24 W 
 34 E 
 
 47 E 
 20 E 
 58 E 
 
 39 E 
 
 33 E 
 1 1 E 
 
 53 E 
 26 E 
 25 E 
 
 37 E 
 14 E 
 19 E 
 7 E 
 58 E 
 44 E 
 
 48 E 
 11 E 
 10 E 
 Z 3 E 
 
 40 E 
 
 •23 E 
 
 (6 E 
 
 41 E 
 
 40 E 
 
 41 E 
 36 E 
 17 E 
 35 E 
 
 49 E 
 19 E 
 
 o W 
 21 E 
 52 E 
 
 33 E 
 27 E 
 
 38 E 
 Kargapol, 
 
Pole, and Difference of Meridians. I2X 
 
 Kargnpol, Rufila 
 Kexholm, Finland, Sweeden 
 Konings burgh , Preffia, Poland 
 Konixeck or Konioz, Poland 
 L. 
 
 Landau, Suabia, Germany 
 
 Laodicea, Natolia, Alia 
 
 Larijfa, The Italy, Turkey in Europe 
 
 Larta, Epirus, Greece, now Turkey 
 
 Lawenburgb , Saxony, Germany 
 
 Legorn or Leghorn, Tufcany, Italy 
 
 Lepanto , Achaia, Turkey 
 
 Lerida» Catalonia, Spain 
 
 Leuzvarden , Weft Friefland, Holland 
 
 Leyden , Holland 
 
 Leipftck , Germany 
 
 Leige , Spanifh Provinces 
 
 Lima, Peru, South America 
 
 Lijle , Flanders 
 
 Lisbon , Portugal 
 
 Lworn , fee Leghorn 
 
 L O N I) O N, Metropolis of England 
 
 Lores to, Tufcany, Italy 
 
 Louvain , Spanijh Provinces 
 
 Lubeck, Hvd'ftein, Denmark 
 
 Lucca, Tufcany, Italy 
 
 Lunden , Gothland, Sweeden 
 
 Luxem burgh , Saxony, Germany 
 
 Luxemburgb, France 
 
 Liens, Lionels, France 
 
 M. 
 
 Madagafcar } Africa 
 Madrid, N&w Call He, Spun 
 Maeftrec.ht , Span I (ft Provinces 
 Magde burgh, Saxony, Germany 
 Majorca, in the Mediterranean 
 St, Mahes, Bretagne, France 
 Malaga , Granada, Spain 
 Malta, near Sicily, Mediterranean 
 Malacca, Sail- Indies 
 Mantua, Italy 
 
 Mar fellies, Provence, France 
 
 Mecca, Arabia Felix 
 
 Mechlin ox Malines, Spanifti Provinces 
 
 Medina, Arabia Felix 
 
 Mentz or Mayence, Germany 
 
 Medina, Sicily 
 
 Latit . 
 
 
 Dif , 
 
 : Me . 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 
 H. 
 
 M. 
 
 6 t 
 
 30 
 
 N 
 
 2 
 
 49 E 
 
 61 
 
 20 
 
 N 
 
 2 
 
 4 E 
 
 54 - 
 
 55 
 
 N 
 
 1 
 
 29 E 
 
 5 + 
 
 ! 5 
 
 N 
 
 1 
 
 15E 
 
 48 
 
 50 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 33 e 
 
 38 
 
 IO 
 
 N 
 
 1 
 
 58E 
 
 39 
 
 30 
 
 N 
 
 1 
 
 29 E 
 
 39 
 
 O 
 
 N 
 
 X 
 
 17 E 
 
 53 
 
 20 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 43 E 
 
 43 
 
 40 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 45E 
 
 38 
 
 30 
 
 N 
 
 1 
 
 23 E 
 
 4 1 
 
 VS 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 3 e 
 
 53 
 
 O 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 26 E 
 
 5 2 
 
 IO 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 I 4 E 
 
 50 
 
 5 ° 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 51J 
 
 5 ° 
 
 2j 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 22E 
 
 11 
 
 30 
 
 S 
 
 5 
 
 , 5 W 
 
 5° 
 
 40 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 1 1 E 
 
 38 
 
 45 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 33W 
 
 Si 
 
 S 2 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 0 
 
 43 
 
 36 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 59 f 
 
 5 ° 
 
 40 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 19 E 
 
 S 4 
 
 10 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 45 E 
 
 43 
 
 50 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 44 E 
 
 55 
 
 30 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 54E 
 
 S 3 
 
 10 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 43 £ 
 
 49 
 
 20 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 25 E 
 
 45 
 
 40 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 19 E 
 
 ■9 
 
 29 
 
 S 
 
 2 
 
 56E 
 
 40 
 
 10 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 14 W 
 
 5 ° 
 
 34 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 23E 
 
 41 
 
 45 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 50E 
 
 39 
 
 0 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 10E 
 
 48 
 
 38 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 9 VV 
 
 16 
 
 0 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 16 w 
 
 35 
 
 50 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 56 E 
 
 2 
 
 8 
 
 N 
 
 6 
 
 42 E 
 
 45 
 
 1 6 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 47 E 
 
 43 
 
 15 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 23 E 
 
 2 1 
 
 30 
 
 N 
 
 2 
 
 34 e 
 
 30 
 
 50 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 9 E 
 
 z 4 
 
 15 
 
 N 
 
 2 
 
 22 E 
 
 49 
 
 44 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 33 E 
 
 138 
 
 10 
 
 N 
 
 2 
 
 3 E 
 
 Metz , 
 
S22 Anew 'Table of the Elevation of the 
 
 Metz , Lorain, Germany 
 Mexico, North America 
 St. Michael, fee Arch- Angel 
 Milan , Italy 
 
 Minski, Lithuania, Poland 
 Minorca Ifland, Mediterranean 
 Mil tau , Courland 
 Modena , Italy 
 
 Montpelier, Languedoc, France 
 Mans, Spanilh Provinces 
 Morlaix, Bretagne, France 
 M'jfcozo, Capital, of Mufcovy 
 Munfter, Weftphalia, Germany 
 Munchen , or Munich , Bavaria, Germany 
 N. 
 
 "Namur, Flanders 
 Nancy , Lorrain, France 
 Nantz » Bretagne, France 
 Nankin , or Nanquin, China 
 Naples, Italy 
 Narva, Livonia, Sweden 
 Nar bonne, Languedoc, France 
 Najfazu, Upper Rhine, Germany 
 Netomark , Tranfylvania 
 
 or Nizza , Piedmont, Italy 
 Nifmes, Languedoc, France 
 Motteburg, Ingria, Sweden 
 Novogrod, Weliki, RulTia 
 Nuremberg , Franconia, Germany 
 O 
 
 Olmutz, Bohemia, Germany 
 &/. Omers, Flanders 
 Orange , Provence, France 
 Oran, Barbary, Africa 
 Orefcrifs , fee Notteburg 
 Orleans, Orleano is, France 
 Orvieto, Papacy, Italy v. 
 
 Otranto, Naples, Italy 
 Oudenard , Flanders 
 Oviedd, Auftria, Spain 
 P 0 
 
 Padua , Italy 
 Palermo , Sicily 
 Panama, America 
 Paris, France 
 Parma, Italy 
 Laly 
 
 Latit. 
 
 D. M. 
 
 4 8 50 N 
 
 io o N 
 
 ID// Afe* 
 H. M. 
 o 24 E 
 6 S 6W 
 
 45 28N 
 
 54 6N 
 
 39 10N 
 
 56 25 N 
 
 44 30 N 
 
 43 28N 
 
 50 20 N 
 48 38 N 
 
 55 3 ° N 
 
 51 45 N 
 47 45 N 
 
 0 
 
 1 
 
 0 
 
 1 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 o 
 
 2 
 O 
 O 
 
 38 E 
 
 53 E 
 
 16E 
 40 E 
 47 E 
 
 16E 
 
 15E 
 
 15W 
 
 38E 
 
 31 E 
 
 46 E 
 
 50 
 
 48 
 47 
 3 i 
 
 4 1 
 
 58 
 
 4 z 
 
 5 ° 
 
 47 
 
 43 
 
 43 
 60 
 
 58 
 
 49 
 
 ■49 
 
 5 ° 
 
 44 
 35 
 
 47 
 
 42 
 40 
 5 ° 
 
 43 
 
 35 
 
 37 
 
 1 
 
 48 
 
 44 
 
 45 
 
 10N 
 
 32N 
 
 12N 
 
 oN 
 
 45 
 
 N 
 
 S5 N 
 
 50 N 
 oN 
 
 30 N 
 40N 
 30N 
 oN 
 10N 
 oN 
 
 32 N 
 
 50 N 
 10N 
 33 N 
 
 45N 
 27 N 
 52N 
 
 46 N 
 10 N 
 
 32 N 
 26 N 
 10 S 
 4 5 N 
 42 N 
 12N 
 
 0 
 
 23 E 
 
 0 
 
 27 E 
 
 0 
 
 6E 
 
 7 
 
 54 f 
 
 0 
 
 59 f 
 
 2 
 
 2 E 
 
 0 
 
 I2E 
 
 0 
 
 32 E 
 
 1 
 
 26 E 
 
 0 
 
 29 E 
 
 0 
 
 18 E 
 
 2 
 
 
 2 
 
 9 E 
 
 0 
 
 45 E 
 
 1 
 
 10E 
 
 0 
 
 9 f 
 
 0 
 
 19 E 
 
 0 
 
 oE 
 
 0 
 
 7 E 
 
 0 
 
 53 E 
 
 1 
 
 iS E 
 
 0 
 
 13 E 
 
 0 
 
 23W 
 
 0 
 
 50 E 
 
 2 
 
 30 E 
 
 5 
 
 30W 
 
 0 
 
 9 E 
 
 0 
 
 44 E 
 
 0 
 
 38 E 
 
 
 Pekin, 
 
Pole, ^/Difference of Meridians. 123 
 
 Pekin, China 
 Perga?nos , Natolia, Afia 
 Petersburg , Ruifia 
 Philadelphia, Natolia, Ada 
 Pifa, Tufcany, Italy 
 Placentia , Parma, Italy 
 PlefkoWy Ruffia 
 Ploozko, Poland 
 Poiftiers , Orleanois, France 
 Porto or Oporto , Portugal 
 /V/ Royal, Jamaica 
 Prague , Bohemia, Germany 
 
 Q_ 
 
 Quebech, Canada 
 <S 7 . intin, Picardy, France 
 R. 
 
 Rat if bon, Bavaria, Germany 
 Ravenna, Italy 
 Rennes , Bretagne, France 
 Reims, Champagne, France 
 Rhodes Ifland, Archipelago 
 Riga, Livonia 
 Rochel, Orleanots, France 
 ROME, Italy 
 Rotterdam , Holland 
 Roven or Roan , Normandy, Franc 
 S 
 
 S alt slur gh, Bavaria, Germany 
 Salamancha , Leon, Spain 
 Salonichi, Theflalonica, Turkey 
 Salerno , Naples, Italy 
 Sallee , Africa 
 Sa?nar cand. Tartary 
 Santillana , Auflria, Spain 
 Saragofa , Arragon, t>pain 
 Sardis , Natolia, Afia 
 Savona , Genoa, Italy 
 Scanderoon , fee Alexandretta 
 Schaffbaufen, Switzerland, Germany 
 Segovia , Old Caftile, Spain 
 &»j. Champagne, France 
 Se tines, fee Athens 
 Seville, Andalufia, Spain 
 Eaft- Indies 
 Slezwick, Denmark 
 Smolenjko , Mufcovy 
 Smyrna, Natolia, Afia 
 
 La tit. 
 
 DifJie. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 H 
 
 . M. 
 
 39 
 
 52 N 
 
 7 
 
 23 E 
 
 37 
 
 $0 IS 
 
 1 
 
 57 E 
 
 39 
 
 25 N 
 
 1 
 
 59 E 
 
 38 
 
 35 N 
 
 1 
 
 58 E 
 
 43 
 
 5? N 
 
 0 
 
 45 E 
 
 44 
 
 50 iv 
 
 0 
 
 41 E 
 
 58 
 
 IO N 
 
 2 
 
 16 E 
 
 5 2 
 
 3 $ N 
 
 V 
 
 22 E 
 
 16 
 
 3 Q N 
 
 0 
 
 1 E 
 
 40 
 
 52 N 
 
 0 
 
 3 *W 
 
 17 
 
 40 N 
 
 5 
 
 aW 
 
 S'O 
 
 0 N 
 
 0 
 
 58 E 
 
 47 
 
 ic N 
 
 A 
 
 nr 
 
 41 W 
 
 49 
 
 50 N 
 
 O 
 
 12 E 
 
 48 
 
 34 N 
 
 O 
 
 49 E 
 
 44 
 
 25 N 
 
 O 
 
 Si E 
 
 48 
 
 12 JN; 
 
 O 
 
 6 E 
 
 49 
 
 20 IN 
 
 O 
 
 16 E 
 
 35 
 
 3 °N 
 
 I 
 
 57 E 
 
 57 
 
 0 N 
 
 I 
 
 39 E 
 
 45 
 
 55 N 
 
 O 
 
 3 E 
 
 42 
 
 8 N; 
 
 jo 
 
 5 2 ^ 
 
 5 ' 
 
 50 N 
 
 P 
 
 17 E 
 
 ' ,9 
 
 15 N 
 
 O 
 
 S E 
 
 47 
 
 20 N 
 
 O 
 
 54 E 
 
 40 
 
 45 N 
 
 O 
 
 19 E 
 
 40 
 
 42 N 
 
 I 
 
 31W 
 
 41 
 
 8 N 
 
 I 
 
 3 W 
 
 22 
 
 25 N 
 
 0 
 
 31 E 
 
 40 
 
 0 N 
 
 4 
 
 t 5 E 
 
 43 
 
 10 N 
 
 0 
 
 14 E 
 
 4 « 
 
 20 N 
 
 0 
 
 3 ;E 
 
 38 
 
 to N 
 
 1 
 
 56 E 
 
 44 
 
 25 N 
 
 Q 
 
 36 E 
 
 37 
 
 to N 
 
 2 
 
 31 E 
 
 47 
 
 28 N 
 
 O 
 
 35 E 
 
 40 
 
 36 N 
 
 O 
 
 15E 
 
 48 
 
 0 N 
 
 0 
 
 13 E 
 
 37 
 
 oN 
 
 O 
 
 20W 
 
 f 4 
 
 s* 
 
 6 
 
 43 E 
 
 55 
 
 57 N 
 
 0 
 
 39 E 
 
 54 
 
 55 N 
 
 2 
 
 14 E 
 
 38 
 
 4 N 
 
 1 
 
 36 E 
 
 
 
 SoiJJoiu * 
 
124 -A new Table of the Elevation of the 
 
 Soijfons, France 
 
 Sophia, Bulgaria, Turkey 
 
 Spalato, Dalmatia, Turkey 
 
 Spires, Upper Rhine, Germany 
 
 Spoietto , Italy 
 
 Stockholm, Sweeden 
 
 Strdsburg , Upper Rhine, Germany 
 
 Sultzback , Bavaria, Germany 
 
 Surat , India 
 
 Syracu/e , Sicily 
 
 T. 
 
 Tangier, Barbary, Africa 
 ! Tarante , Naples, Italy 
 tarragon, Catalonia, Spain 
 Temefzvaer, Hungary 
 * fetuan , Fez, Africa 
 € f.hehes , fee Stives 
 
 Tkoloufc, or Toloufe, Languedoc, France 
 
 Sherri, Poland 
 
 . Thyatira , Natolia, Alia 
 
 Tokay, Hungary 
 
 Toledo, New Caftile, Spain 
 
 Tortofa , Catalonia, Spain 
 
 Tor mo, or Torno, Lapland 
 
 Tours, Orleanois, France 
 
 Toulon , Provence, France 
 
 Tour nay, Flanders 
 
 Trent , Aultria, Germany 
 
 Treves, or Triers, Lower Rhine, Germany 
 
 Tripoli , Barbary, Africa 
 
 Tunis , Barbary, Afiica 
 
 Turin, Piedmont, Italy 
 
 V. 
 
 Valencia , Valencia, Spain 
 Valladolid, Old Cailile, Spain 
 Vendojme , Orleanois, France 
 Venice, Geiderland 
 Venice , Italy 
 
 Verdun, Lorrain, Germany 
 Verona, Venice, Italy 
 Vienna , Aultria, Germany 
 Vienne, Dauphine, France 
 Ulm, Suabia, Germany 
 Up/a l , Sweeden 
 Utrecht, Holland 
 
 W. 
 
 War [aw , Poland 
 
 Lath. 
 
 Dif 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 H. 
 
 49 
 
 2b N 
 
 0 
 
 42 
 
 32N 
 
 1 
 
 43 
 
 20 N 
 
 1 
 
 49 
 
 oN 
 
 Q 
 
 42- 
 
 28 N 
 
 O 
 
 59 
 
 30 N 
 
 1 
 
 48 
 
 17 N 
 
 O 
 
 49 
 
 10 N 
 
 O 
 
 21 
 
 30 N 
 
 4 
 
 35 
 
 1 5 N 
 
 1 
 
 35 
 
 43 N 
 
 0 
 
 40 
 
 40^ 
 
 1 
 
 40 
 
 S5 n 
 
 0 
 
 45 
 
 30 N 
 
 1 
 
 35 
 
 30N 
 
 0 
 
 43 
 
 1S N 
 
 0 
 
 53 
 
 oN 
 
 1 
 
 38 
 
 28 N 
 
 1 
 
 48 
 
 12N 
 
 1 
 
 39 
 
 30 ^ 
 
 0 
 
 40 
 
 34 n 
 
 0 
 
 r 
 
 50N 
 
 1 
 
 17 
 
 10 N 
 
 0 
 
 43 
 
 oN 
 
 0 
 
 40 
 
 35 N 
 
 0 
 
 45 
 
 5 c N 
 
 0 
 
 49 
 
 3° N 
 
 0 
 
 33 
 
 5 N 
 
 0 
 
 35 
 
 30 N 
 
 0 
 
 44 
 
 50 N 
 
 0 
 
 39 
 
 15N 
 
 0 
 
 4i 
 
 28 N 
 
 0 
 
 47 
 
 45 N 
 
 0 
 
 5i 
 
 10N 
 
 0 
 
 4-5 
 
 49 
 
 45 
 
 1-8 
 
 45 
 
 +7 
 
 >9 
 
 36 N 
 io N 
 
 25 N 
 I 2 N 
 
 26 JS 
 e 5 N 
 55 N 
 
 o N 
 
 10N 
 
 M. 
 
 14E 
 
 3° E 
 
 2 E 
 33E 
 55 ^ 
 
 16E 
 
 21 E 
 47 E 
 47 E 
 
 oE 
 
 24 W 
 
 1 1 E 
 
 5 ! 
 
 1 5 E 
 
 22 E 
 18 E 
 
 54. E 
 
 15 E 
 
 14 W 
 
 2 E 
 2 J. E 
 
 4 1 
 
 4 E 
 
 46 E 
 
 27 1 
 55 c 
 
 5 ' H 
 
 3« b 
 1 E 
 
 15 W 
 
 4 e 
 
 25 f 
 ill 
 
 48 E 
 7 E 
 43 E 
 4* E 
 i|£ 
 20 E 
 
 28 E 
 Waterford, 
 
Pole, and Difference of Meridians. 
 
 Water for A > Ireland 
 M'cjel', WeitphaHa, Germany 
 i'fibt’g, Jutland, Denmark 
 Witunbergh, Saxony, Germany 
 Wolfenbnttel , Brunfwick, Germany 
 Wormed Germany 
 
 Wurubing 9 or Wivuburg * Franconia, Germany 
 
 Y. 
 
 Utica, Mediterranean 
 
 Z. 
 
 Zeflt Lunenburgh, Germany 
 Zolmekv Hungary 
 Zurich , Switzerland, Germany 
 Zutfhen , Gelderland, Holland 
 
 So 
 
 
 
 
 1 Zf 
 
 Lath. 
 
 
 piLMe*. 
 
 D. 
 
 M. 
 
 
 H 
 
 . M. 
 
 S3 
 
 0 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 29 W 
 
 5 1 
 
 3 Z 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 26 E 
 
 56 
 
 Z S 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 27 E 
 
 
 2 s 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 S3 & 
 
 5 1 
 
 5° 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 43 E 
 
 49 
 
 1 2 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 34 s 
 
 49 
 
 20 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 4* E 
 
 38 
 
 40 
 
 N 
 
 o 
 
 S E 
 
 5 Z 
 
 30 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 42 E 
 
 47 
 
 53 
 
 N 
 
 1 
 
 1 3 ® 
 
 47 
 
 «s 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 33 ® 
 
 5 Z 
 
 4 
 
 N 
 
 0 
 
 24 E 
 
 C H A F. XXV. Concerning the Motion of 
 the Hands of a Clock or W atch , as it re - 
 prefents the Motion of the Sun and Moon. 
 
 F OR aConclufion of this Work, I fliall here £hew 
 my Reader how naturally the two Hands of a 
 ClockotWatch reprefent the Motions of the Sun mid 
 Moon: For as there are twelve Calendar Months, 
 and twelve Signs in the Zodiack, fo alfo are there 
 twelve Hours upon the Dial Plate of a Clock and 
 Watch. But as the Moon makes thirteen Conjuncti- 
 ons with the Sun in one Year, that is, in the Time 
 the Sun apparently moves once round the Heavens, 
 fo the Minute- Hand of a Clock or Watch makes but 
 eleven Conjunctions with the Hour-Hand in the 
 Time it moves once round. For let the Hour-Hand 
 reprefent the Sun, and the Minute-Hand the Moon, 
 at 1 2 a-clock they are always together, then they both 
 moving forward, when the Minute-Hand comes 
 again to 12, it doth not find the Hour-Hand there, 
 
 but 
 
1 26 Of the Hands cf a Clock , &c. Chap.XXV* 
 but is moved one eleventh Part of the whole Revo- 
 lution further; therefore the Minute-hand mu ft go 
 5 Min. 27 Sec. i6Tbirds, 2 1 Fourths, 49 Fifths T ‘- r , 
 before it make the next ConjunBion with the Hour- 
 hand. And 
 
 Juft fo it is with the SunzndMoon ; for fuppoiing 
 the new Moon; to be upon the 21ft Day of March 
 in the very beginning of Aries , they both moving 
 forward according to the order of the Signs. 
 
 When the Moon comes again to the very beginning 
 of Aries, llie doth not find the Sun there, he is mo- 
 ved 26 Deg. 55 Min. 46 Sec. more to the Eafm the 
 E clip tick,* fo that the next Conjunction of the Sun 
 and Moon will be made in Aries 29 Deg. 6 Min. 
 25 Sec. 1 2Thirds, according to their middle Motions; 
 and the next or J'econd new Moon would be made 
 in Taurus 28 Deg. 12 Min. 50 Sec. 24 Thirds; the 
 Third'm Gemini 27 Deg. 19 Min, 15 Sec. 36 Thirds; 
 the Fourth in Cancer 26 Deg. 25 Min. 40 Sec. 48 
 Thirds, &c. every new Moon exceeding the Place cf 
 the foregoing by 2 9 Deg. 6 Min. 2 5 Sec. 12 Thirds, 
 but they do not move equally as both the Hands of 
 a Clock or Watch. Therefore the above equal Law 
 of the Sun and Moon is not exactly obferved; how- 
 ever, this may ferve well enough to give an Idea of 
 the new Moons, how it is nothing elfe but the pafs- 
 ing of the Moon by the Sun, as the Minute-hand 
 of a Watch doth by the Hour-hand, as reprefented 
 by the following Table. 
 
 * See my Umnojafla page 1 66. 
 
 A New 
 
Chap.XXV. Of the Hands of a Clock, &c. 127 
 
 A New and Corred Table , Jbewing the exad Time that the Hands of & 
 Clock or Watch meet through one Revolution, or the whole 
 1 2 Hours upon the Dial Plate of a Clock , &c. 
 
 2 
 
 K 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 0 
 
 • 
 
 C 
 
 CO 
 
 H 
 
 ! 
 
 // 
 
 tn 
 
 iv 
 
 v' 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 5 
 
 2 7 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 49 77 ■ 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 IO 
 
 54 
 
 3 2 
 
 43 
 
 3 8 rr 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 49 
 
 5 
 
 2 7tY 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 21 
 
 49 
 
 5 
 
 2 7 
 
 16 t ? t 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 5 
 
 27 
 
 16 
 
 21 
 
 49 
 
 5 Ti 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 6 
 
 3 2 
 
 43 
 
 3 8 
 
 10 
 
 54 T ‘r 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 3 8 
 
 10 
 
 54 
 
 3 2 
 
 43 TT 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 43 
 
 3 8 
 
 10 
 
 54 
 
 ?2JL 
 
 Oii 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 9 
 
 49 
 
 5 
 
 27 
 
 / 
 
 16 
 
 2 1 
 1 1 1 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 10 
 
 54 
 
 3 2 
 
 43 
 
 3 8 
 
 IO J.SL 
 
 1 a 
 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 12 
 
 00 
 
 00 
 
 00 
 
 00 
 
 00 i 
 
 E 
 
 X 
 
 P L 
 
 , A 
 
 N 
 
 ATI 
 
 O AT. 
 
 The firft Column £0 the left Hand fhews the 
 Number of Conjunctions of the Hour and Minute- 
 hand, the fecond contains the Hours, the third the 
 exadl Times of their meeting. 
 
 As for Example. 
 
 The two Hands are together at 12 a-clock, and 
 the next Time they will be together will be at 5 M. 
 27 Sec. 16 Thirds, 21 Fourths, 49 Fifths ~ r pafl 
 one, the third Meeting will be at 10 M. 54 S. &c. 
 pafl 2, the fourth at 16 M. 21 S. £?f.pafb 3 a-clock, 
 &c. as in the Table, and this is plain enough without 
 any more Examples, CHAP, 
 
128 0 / Painting Sun Dials, &c. Chap.XXVT. 
 
 CHAP. XXVI. Of Painting Sun Dials, 
 and fir ft of the Planes or Surfaces on which 
 Dials are to he drawn. 
 
 ~f\IA L Planes are of two Sorts \ fir ft, fuch as are 
 made on the Wall of a Building ; or fiecondly 
 fuch as are drawn on Tables of Wood, vulgarly- 
 called Dial-Boards. 
 
 The firjl Sort , if they are made on Brick- Work, 
 is done by plaifteringon the Wall with Lime, Sand * 
 and Hair, mixed; this muft be well drenched with 
 Linfieed Oil, after it is dry, i.e. as long as it will 
 drink any; and then painted with Oil andWhite- 
 Lead, that it may be durable. 
 
 But a better way is to temper the Lime, Sand and 
 Hair with Ox Blood, which will be no great Charge, 
 but of great Advantage ; for this Mixture will equal 
 in Time the hardnefsof aFree-Stone, and keep the 
 Surface as free from the Injuries of Weather; but 
 you muft afterwards paint it white. The following 
 Method is ftill preferable. 
 
 To make an exceeding ft rang Cement or Plaifter, 
 with which to form any Dial Plane upon the Side 
 of a Houfe or W all, which will endure the Wea^ 
 ther, not inferior to Stone. 
 
 Take Lime and Sand, and temper it with Linfieed 
 Oil to the Confifteney of Mortar, or common Plai- 
 fter, and fpread it upon the Wall to a competent 
 Thicknefs, and it will become as hard as a Stone, 
 and laftmanyAges; and upon this you may defcribe 
 a Dial, and put on the Lines, Figures and Furni- 
 ture, as hereafter is directed. 
 
 Note, 
 
Ch. XXVI. Of Painting Sun Dials, &c. 129 
 
 Note , If you are in the Country, remote from 
 any Opportunity of getting Linfeed Oil , you may 
 make it with jkimmed Milk, which will be much 
 fuperior to Plaider made with Lime, H air andWater. 
 
 If you are to draw a Dial upon a Stone , the belt 
 Way is to drench the Stone with Linfeed Oil and 
 White-Lead mixed very thin , till it will drink in no 
 more ; then fhall the Dial you paint upon it, lad: 
 longer, and be the better prepared againd the Ru- 
 ins of Time. 
 
 Now for Tables or Dial Boards of Wood, they 
 being the mod: common, I fhall give fuch Directions 
 for making them, as have been always found moil 
 profitable and fit for the Purpofe. 
 
 The bed: Woods for this Purpofe, are the clear efl 
 Wainfcot, and yellow Fir , provided it is clear of 
 dead Turpentine Knots ; there is not much Diffe- 
 rence between thefe two Woods, as to their Alte- 
 ration by the Weather, they being both fubjeft to 
 fplit in cafe they are bound, and have not free Li- 
 berty to Jhrink with dry Weather, and fwell with 
 Wet, though as to their lading, Oak feems prefer- 
 able; though good yellow Fir will iad the Age of an 
 ordinary Man, if well fecured, as Things of this 
 Nature ought to be. 
 
 In working either of thefe Kinds of Woods, the 
 Boards ought fird to be cut to fuch a Length as you 
 intend your Dial Board thould be, and fo many of 
 them as may make up the Breadth defigned, and let 
 them be joined on the Edges, and plained on both 
 Sides, and afterwards fet to dry. 
 
 For it has been obferved, that though Boards 
 have lain in a Houfe ever fo long, and are ever fo dry, 
 yet when they are thus foot and plained, they will 
 [brink afterwards beyond Belief \ if kept dry. 
 
 K 
 
 When 
 
1 30 Of Painting Sun Dials, &c. Ch. XXVI. 
 
 When yon think they are dry enough, and will 
 fhrink no more, let them be (hot again with good 
 Joints, and let every joint be fecured with wooden 
 Dove-Fails, let in a-crofs the Joint in the Backfide ; 
 let this be done after the Boards are glued together 
 and well dried : after it has been thus glued, and the 
 Joints are fufficiently dry, then let the Face of the 
 Board be well plained and tried every Way that it 
 may be both fmooth and true, and the Edges fhot 
 true and all of a Thicknefs, as Pannels of Wainfcot 
 are commonly wrought. 
 
 The Edges muft be true and even, that they may 
 fit into the Rabit of a Moulding, put round it, juft 
 as a Pannel of Wainfcot does in its Frame. 
 
 This Method will give Liberty to the Board to 
 jhrink without tearing; whereas Mouldings that are 
 nailed round the Edges, as the common Way is, do 
 fo reftrain the Motion of the W ood, that it cannot 
 jhrink without tearing ; but Boards made this Way 
 will laft a long Time, without either parting in 
 the Joints or fplitting in the "Wood. 
 
 Dials are fome Times drawn on Planes lined with 
 Copper or Lead, that they may be free from fplitting 
 or tearing ; but a Board ( if it be made as before di- 
 re Bed ) is to be prefered in many Refpedts. As 
 firft. In that it is much cheaper. Secondly, Both 
 Lead and Copper will fwell a little with the Heat 
 of the Sun, and in Time will grow hollow outwards, 
 or become convex inftead of a perfect Flat, which 
 will much pervert the Truth of its Shadow. And, 
 thirdly, The Colours will be apt to peel from the 
 Metal, and the Dial will by that means be in dan- 
 ger to be fooner defaced, than if it were painted 
 upon a wooden Plane. 
 
Ch. XXVI. Of Painting Sun Dials, &c. 1 3 1 
 
 To make the belt Glue for gluing the Joints of Boards 
 
 for Dials. 
 
 Take a Quart of Milk (but fome have prefered 
 Water) that has flood fo long and been fkimmed fo 
 often that no more Cream will arife; and when 
 Ikimmed very clean boil it a little in a leaden Pot , 
 and if any fkum yet arife be fure to take it clean off 3 
 then put into the Milk about half a Pound of good 
 Glue cut in fmall Bits, which will foon melt : boil 
 it gently on a foft Fire to a good Body , but not to be 
 too thick nor too thin 3 then take it off the Fire and 
 keep it for Ufe. Note, Care muft be taken in the 
 Boiling that it do not burn to the Sides of the Pot , for 
 that takes away much of the Strength of the Glue; 
 but if it be made with due Care, it binds beyond 
 any other Glue, and it is better able to refill the 
 Weather, and therefore the fitted: for gluing Boards 
 for Sun Dials. 
 
 Care muft be taken that your Glue be not made 
 too thin, for if it be, the Wood will Jg drink it up 
 that it will not be of a fujjicient Body to bind the 
 Parts together 3 on the contrary, if it be too thick , 
 it will not give Way for the Joint to Jhut clofe 
 enough to be ftrongly joined 3 for though it is Glue 
 that makes the Joints flick, yet where there is fo 
 much of it that the Joint cannot dole ekadlly, it 
 will never hold firmly. 
 
 Whenever you ufe your Glue take care that it be 
 thoroughly hot, for Glue that is not hot never takes 
 firm hold on the Wood. 
 
 You muft alio take great Care that the Boards 
 you are to glue have not been touched with Oil or 
 Greaj'e 3 for in fuch Places the Glue will never take 
 hold, although after a Thing is once glued fail, no 
 Greafe nor Oil can hu t it. 
 
132 Of Painting Sun Dials, &c. Ch. XXVI. 
 
 The Glue being ready, and the J oints of the Board 
 Ihot true, fet both the Faces of the Joint clofe toge- 
 ther, and both alfo turned upward-, then dip a Brufh 
 in the Glue and befmearthe Faces of both Joints 
 as quick as poffible , then clap the two Faces of the 
 Joint together, and flide or rub them long ways one 
 upon another two or three Times to fettle them 
 clofe, and fo let them Hand till they are firm and dry. 
 
 To prepare your Oil for laying on the Colours upon 
 
 Dials. 
 
 Take One Gallon of Linfeed Oil and fet it upon 
 a Charcoal Fire , and when it is about to boil put 
 into it two Pounds of Red Lead , and let it boil toge- 
 ther for about an Hour-, but the belt Way to know 
 when it is boiled enough, is to take a little of it out 
 and let it cool, and then if it ropes like thin Tar, it is 
 enough: This done, put a lighted Paper to it, and 
 fet it on Fire to confume the greafy Part of it, which 
 will be, done in a Minute or two, more or lefs, ac- 
 cording to the Quantity of your Oil ; and when it has 
 burnt long enough clap a Cloth or any other Thing 
 clofe over it, and extinguilh the Fire; after which 
 let it cool and fettle , then decant the clear Oil from 
 the Dregs, and keep it in a Bladder for Ufe. 
 
 This is called drying Oil, and with this the fe- 
 veral Colours are to be ground in order to paint, fo 
 as to endure the Weather-, but you muft obferve that 
 your Colours are thoroughly dry before they are ex- 
 pofed. The feveral Colours I ill all defcribe hereafter. 
 
 N. B. The above Method of making the drying 
 Oil has one Inconvenience in it, that it makes the 
 Oil of a deep reddijh Colour, which in fome Cafes 
 may alter the Nature and Beauty of fome Colours, 
 as Whites, which are liable to become Fellow -, alfo 
 
 Blues 
 
Ch. XXVI. Of Painting Sun Dials, &c. 133 
 
 Blues may by this Means become greenifa 5 to pre- 
 vent which, in the preparing of your Oil , inftead of 
 Red Lead ufe Letharge of Gold. 
 
 Of Colours ufed in Painting Sun-Dials. 
 
 TheColours generally ufed inPaintingS unDials are: 
 
 For White , Cerufe and White Lead. 
 
 For Black, Lamp-Black, Ivory-Black, Charcoal, 
 and Sea-Coal Black. 
 
 Forifo/,Red Lead, Vermillion and CinnabarLak. 
 
 For Green , Verdigreafe. 
 
 BovBlue, Indigo, blueBice, blueVerditer andSmalt. 
 
 For Yellow, yellow Oker, and yellow Pink. 
 
 For Brown , Spanifh Brown. 
 
 With the above Colours you may compound Variety 
 of other Colours, viz. 
 
 An Aft Colour is made by mixing a little Lamp- 
 Black with White. 
 
 A Purple is made by mixing Cinnabar Lak and 
 blue Bice. 
 
 A Carnation is made by mixing Cinnabar Lak 
 and White. 
 
 A Green is made by mixing blue Bice with yel- 
 low Pink. N. B. Any Blue and Yellow make a 
 Green of fome Degree or other. 
 
 A Light Blue is made by mixing blue Bice and 
 White. 
 
 A Lead Colour is made by mixing Indigo with 
 White. 
 
 A lively Grafs Green is made by mixing Verdi- 
 greafe with yellow Pink. 
 
 And by this Means may feveral other Colours 
 be compounded and made lighter or darker at Plea- 
 fure, as a little Pradlice will make evident. 
 
 K 3 Vo 
 
134 Of Painting Sun Dials, &c. Ch. XXVI. 
 
 To prepare the Colours for Painting Sun-Dials. 
 
 Before you proceed to the painting of Sun Dials 
 in their feveral Colours, it is iirft neceffary that 
 they b e primed, that is, painted two or three Times 
 over with Oil, and Colour prepared for that Pur- 
 pofe, to fill up the Cavities which may (after plain- 
 ing) remain in the W ood, and to make it perfectly 
 plain, and the more capable to receive and retain 
 other Colours; and of all Priming Spanijh Brown is 
 reckoned to be the chief; for, not to mention its 
 Cheap nefs, it dries kindly , and gives the Oil a fuf- 
 ficient Time to penetrate into the Wood: and con- 
 fequently both refills the Weather, and alfo freely 
 receives all other Colours which are laid upon it : it 
 is of itfeif of a Horfe-fejh Colour , and (befides its 
 Ufefulnefs in priming) is a "natural Shadow for Ver- 
 milion, and may be made lighter or darker, accord- 
 ing to the greater or lefs Quantity of White mixed 
 with it; though in priming, it requires not any 
 Mixture, but only the Oil itfeif. 
 
 In preparing the Sfanifh Brown for priming, 
 grind it very well with the afore-mentioned drying 
 Oil, and make it for the firjl Priming fomewhat 
 thinner than you would do it for painting, that it 
 may more ealily penetrate into the Wood; which 
 being dry, do it over a fecond Time with the fame 
 Mixture, only mix it a little thicker ; and letting 
 that dry, do it a third Time , mixing your Colour 
 thicker every Time; and take Care in the Priming, 
 not only to rub the Brufh with the Priming all over 
 the Plane, both on the Back , as well as on the Fore- 
 fide and Edges , the better to preferve it, but alfo 
 to bd) it againft it, that the Priming may be fure 
 to pierce into all the Cavities or Pores of the 
 
 Wood : 
 
Ch. XXVI. Of Painting Sim Dials, &c, 135 
 
 Wood : when this laft Time of colouring with your 
 Priming is dry, then colour the Face of the Plane 
 over with white Lead , and when it is dry do it over 
 again three or four Times more fucceffively, after 
 each drying; and fo will the Face of your Plane be 
 of a beautiful white Colour, and it wall alfo he iiiiti- 
 ciently defended againft the Fuiy and Violence of 
 the Weather for many Years j when the laft colour- 
 ing of your white is dry, your Plane is ready for 
 laying on the Colours, viz. painting the Hour 
 Lines , or what Ornament or Furniture you think 
 fit to have upon it. 
 
 Observe as a general Rule, that priming is to be 
 mixed or tempered thin , but Colours for Lines or 
 Figures to endure the Weather, muft be tempered 
 thicker , the better to refill the Fury of flormy or 
 moill Weather. 
 
 If you are only for making a common Sun Dial , 
 thefe four Sorts of Colours will be Jujficient. 
 
 1. Spanifh Brown ; which prepare, and therewith 
 prime your Dial, as before directed. 
 
 2. White Lead , well ground in Oil; with which, 
 after the Priming is thoroughly dry , go over it three 
 or four Times, letting it dry between every Time ; 
 which not only makes a beautiful white Ground, but 
 fortifies it yet more againft the Fury of the Weather. 
 
 3 . Lamp-Black , for drawing the Hour Lines and 
 Figures. 
 
 4. Vermilion , for drawing the Parallels of De- 
 clination, or what other Furniture you think fit to 
 put upon it. 
 
 The Spanifh Brown, Lamp-Black and Vermilion , 
 are all to be ground in the drying Oil, defcribed in 
 Page 132;' and for the White Lead, it is to be ufed 
 in the fame Manner; only in making drying Oil 
 
 K 4 , for 
 
136 Of Painting Sun Dials, &c. Ch XXVI. 
 for White Lead, inftead of Red Lead , ufe Litharge 
 of Go/d, and proceed as before. 
 
 But if you would have your Dial more rich, you 
 muft firft confider, what Colours you refolve to have 
 your Lines, Figures, ©V. to be, and upon what Ground 
 your determined Colours will appear moft beauti- 
 ful. As, 
 
 1. Gold appears beft upon a Blue Ground, and 
 indifferently upon a Red. 
 
 2. Blue and Green appear beft Upon Yellow and 
 
 White. 
 
 3. Red fets off with Yellow, White , Blue , or 
 Green. 
 
 4. Yellow fets off with Black , Blue , and Red. 
 
 Befides the Directions given already for prepar- 
 ing and laying on common Colours, it will be ne- 
 ceifary to fpeak of the laying on the more rich and 
 beautiful Colours and firft of Gold. 
 
 Yo make Gold Size, with which you dejign to lay 
 on Leaf Gold. 
 
 T ake yellow Oker, and grind it with Water on a 
 Stone with a Muller, till it be very fine, and then 
 lay it to dry , and grind it with the afore-mentioned 
 drying Oil, as you -would grind other Colours, ob- 
 lerving to put fo much of each, that it may be of a 
 competent Stiffnefs to work well, and of fuch a Bo- 
 dy, that it may fettle itfelf fmooth when laid on, 
 but not fo thin as to run ; and take care to grind it 
 very fine , and it will add the greater Beauty to your 
 Gold that is to be laid on with it. 
 
Ch. XXVI. Of Painting Sun Dials, &c> 137 
 
 fo lay Leaf-Gold on an Oily Size, or to make any 
 
 Lines , Figures, See. of Leaf Gold upon your Dial. 
 
 Draw your Lines, Figures, or Letters, or what 
 you think fit to have in Gold, with Gold Size, 
 
 ( above-mentioned ; ) which dry fo, that when you 
 touch it with your Finger it will flick a little to it, 
 but the Colour not come off-, j for if the Colour 
 comes off on the Finger, then it is not dry enough, 
 and mull be let alone a little longer ; for if you fhould 
 then lay the Gold on, it would drown it fo that it 
 would be worth nothing ; and on the other Hand if 
 the Size fhould be fo dry as to hold your Finger, as 
 it were to it, then is it too dry, and the Gold will 
 not take, for which there is no Remedy but new 
 fizing : therefore you muft watch that it be not too 
 wet or too dry. Then cut your Leaf Gold as near 
 as you can, into the Form you would have it, whe- 
 ther of Figures, Letters, Lines, &c. (taking care 
 to cut it rather too large than too little -f) and with 
 a flat Stick lined with woollen Cloth, firft rubbing 
 it on your Cheek, or breathing on it, take up your 
 Gold (fo cut) and put it upon the Size, and the Gold 
 will leave your lined Stick, and cleave to the Size ; 
 then prefs it down with Cotton, or Hare’s Foot, and 
 take care that you make the Figures, Lines, or Let- 
 ters, in the Gold Size-, and that you cut the Gold 
 large enough to cover the Figures fo made in the 
 Size; and when it is thoroughly dry, brufli off the 
 loofe Gold, and the painting will remain beautiful, 
 and be able to endure the Weather. 
 
 Note further , That a Book of Gold contains 25 Leaves, each Leaf 
 being three Inches fquare; the Price of each Book is Two Shillings at 
 the Gold-Beater’s; one Book will cover 225 fquare Inches of Work; 
 for fo many fquare Inches are contained in 25 Leaves, that are three 
 Inches fquare, every Leaf containing nine fquare Inches fuperiiciai in 
 Gold. The right underkanding of this will much guide you in judging 
 how many Books of Gold will ferve to gild that Work, whofe fuf crucial 
 Contents in fquare Inches may before-hand be known. 
 
138 Of Painting Sun Dials, &c. Ch. XXVI. 
 
 To lay on Smalt to make a fine Blue. 
 
 When you have laid on what you think fit in 
 Leaf Gold, take white Lead, mix it pretty ft iff With, 
 drying Oil, and with a Pencil lay that on where 
 you intend your Blue fliall be, and then put your 
 Smalt in a fine Searce, and lift it on to the Dial, 
 and with a Piece of Cotton dab it down upon the 
 White before laid on, and when it is thoroughly dry, 
 wipe off all the loofe Colour with a Feather, and 
 blow off the Dull with a Pair of Bellows, which 
 will eafily blow off all, except what fell upon the 
 White before laid on to retain the Blue, which will 
 be a very beautiful Blue. 
 
 Of the Nature and Colour of fome of the principal 
 Ingredients ifed in painting of Sun Dials. 
 
 1 . Ceruse and White Lead are the only Colours 
 to be ufed in painting in Oil, and befides their Ufe- 
 fuinefs in painting of Dials, Paint made up with 
 them and Oil, is frequently made ufe of in painting 
 Polls, Palifadoes, Gates, Doors, Windows, W ainf- 
 coting, &c. and anfwers the End of Painting, both 
 as to Beauty and Prefervation, for they dry well, 
 and ftrongly refill the Weather 5 and if you would 
 have them to dry yet more fpeedily, you may in the 
 tempering put a little Oil of Turpentine , if it be with- 
 in Doors-, but without Doers, it is better without, 
 becaufe that does not fo well refill the Weather. 
 
 2. Lamp-Black is a good Black, if it be firfl 
 burnt, then ground, and laflly tempered with Oil. 
 
 3 . Charcoal is a Black that will ferve for ordi- 
 nary Ufesj it dries well, but gieat Care muft be 
 taken that it be well ground. 
 
 4. Spanijh Brown ■, the bell is a deep bright Co- 
 
 lour , 
 
Ch. XXVI. Of Painting Sun Dials, & c. 139 
 
 lour, and free from Stones, and being very well 
 ground, is the beft for priming : It is of a Horfe 
 
 Flejh Colour , and a proper Shadow for Vermilion. 
 
 5. Red Lead is a great Drier and Binder for 
 which Reafon it is made ufe of in the drying Oil ; it 
 refills the Weather as well as any Colour whatfoever. 
 
 6. Vermilion is a rich Colour, and of a good Body, 
 but Care mull be taken that it be finely ground, 
 even as foft as Oil , and then it will work extra- 
 ordinary well : It is bell to buy it in the Stone, left 
 you meet with fome that has been adulterated with 
 Red Lead, or the like ; it is a perfefl Scarlet of it- 
 felf, and may be altered to feveral Varieties, by 
 mixing with other Colours. 
 
 7. Cinnabar Lak is a rich Crimfon Colour, and 
 mull be very fine ground. 
 
 8 . Smalt is a very fine Blue , and it is beft to be 
 firewed on, as before taught ; for if you work it in 
 Oil, (though you walh it and mix it with 'White 
 Lead ) yet it will turn black in Lime ; if you buy 
 ?t to work in Oil, the finefi is beft, which is called 
 Oil-Smalt. 
 
 9. Blue Bice is a pale Colour, and works well, 
 though a little fandy. 
 
 10. Blue Verdi ter is not fo good a Blue as Bice 
 and Smalt, though it may ferve in Dial-painting, 
 where they are wanting ; but it is a little fandy, 
 and apt to fade and turn greenifh. 
 
 1 1 . Indigo is a very dark Blue, and commonly 
 lightened with White, when ufed in Painting, ex- 
 cept in Shadowing j it grinds fine, and is very pro- 
 per for the lafl Colour of Polls, Palifadoes, Doors, 
 Windows, &c. for it refills the Weather, and pre- 
 ferves the Wood. 
 
 12. Blue Balls are almoft like Indigo, but not fo 
 good a Colour, nor will it endure fo long. 
 
140 Of Painting Sun Dials, &c. Ch. XXVI. 
 
 13. Umber is a Hair Colour , it muft be very fine- 
 ly ground, which to effect, requires a great deal of 
 Labour; it dries and binds exceedingly, and is there- 
 fore alfo very proper for painting without Doors, as 
 Doors, Pallifadoes; if calcined in a Crucible, it is a 
 natural Shadow for Gold , and fome other Colours. 
 
 1 4. Verdigreafe is a perfect willow Green , but may 
 be altered at Difcretion, with Yellow , &c. but being 
 very foul , it mult be mended or cleanfed, which may 
 be thus done : Grind it fine , and put to it eight 
 Times its Weight of Spirit of Vinegar, digefi till 
 the Vinegar is tinged very green , then decant the Co- 
 lour ; caft away the Faeces, and evaporate the Vinegar 
 in a Brafs Vefica, fo have you a very good Verdigreafe 
 at the Bottom , much more fine and valuable , then be- 
 fore it was cleanfed ; it dries very ipeedily. 
 
 15. Yellow Oker, the Eng/ijh, the Colour of firefh 
 Wheat Straw ; the foreign is of fomewhat a more 
 deep Colour ; it is much ufed in common Painting, 
 being ground very fine. 
 
 16. Yellow Pink is a greenijh Yellow ; it grinds 
 well, and is good to mix with other Colours, to 
 make a Green. 
 
 Of thefe Colours fome require wajhing , as Red 
 Lead, Blue Bice, Smalt, and Verditer, which is 
 thus performed : 
 
 Put the Colour into a glazed Veflel, and put 
 thereto plenty of clear Water; walh it well, and 
 (after a while) decant the Water; repeat this Work 
 fix or feven Times ; at laft (the Water being but 
 juft troubled) put it into another glazed Veflel, 
 leaving the Dregs at the Bottom ; then put fome 
 more Water into this fecond Veflel, and wafli it as 
 before, till the Water, after fettling, be clear, and 
 the Colour remain fine at the Bottom. 
 
 Note, 
 
Ch. XXVI. Of Painting Sun Dials, &c. 141 
 
 Note , Before you take the Colour out of the 
 Velfel, fpread it about the Sides of the VefTel very 
 thin ; and when it is dry, it will Part of it fall down 
 to the Bottom, which keep by itfelf; but that which 
 flicks to the Sides of the Veffel is the bell, and is as 
 fine as any Flower; that ftrike off with a Feather, 
 and keep it for Ufe. 
 
 The Colours that require wafoing being thus pre- 
 pared, (or if they are thofe that do not require waffl- 
 ing, they are done without) your next Work is to 
 grind them , which is done thus : 
 
 Take a Spoonful or two of the Colour you in- 
 tend to grind . and put to it a little lij-ifeed Oil , (but 
 be careful you put in too little rather than too 
 much ; ) mix them together, and upon your Stone 
 with a Muller grind them well, adding Oil by De- 
 grees, as you fee it requires it, to make it like an 
 Ointment, (always obferving that it grinds much 
 better when it is thick , than when it is fo thin as to 
 run about the Stone;) every now and then fcrape it 
 up together with a thin Knife or Lanthorn-horn , to 
 keep it at or near the Middle of the Stone, and fo 
 continue to w'ork till you have ground as much as 
 you have Occafion for; which done, clean your Stone 
 by grinding Sand and Water upon it, and then wafh 
 and dry it, and the Muller ; and when you go to 
 make Ufe of it, mix it with drying Oil, till it be fo 
 thin as to run freely from the Pencil, yet fo thick 
 that the Ground may not appear through it, or to 
 run w T hen it is laid on, and then it will be the more 
 beautiful Colour, and better endure the W eather. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
 Note, Dials are not to be refreihed but by new Painting ; yet here 
 take Notice, that I think it not convenient at all to lay new Colour- 
 ing upon the old Ground of a Sun Dial, (that is, to draw the old 
 Lines and Figures over again in the fame Pollute, wherein they were 
 
142 Of Painting Timber Work. Ch. XXVII. 
 
 CHAP. XXVII. the Manner of Painting 
 Timber Work 
 
 "¥3 Y 'timber Work I mean all Manner of Wain- 
 J 3 fcot, Doors, Windows, Pofts, Rails, Pails, 
 Gates, Border-boards for Gardens, &c. to pre- 
 ferve them from the Violence of Rain or Injury of 
 the Weather ; the Method of doing which, I ihall 
 here lay down as plain as I can. 
 
 Suppofe then that there be a Set of Palifadoes, or 
 a Pair of Gates , or fome Pofts and Rails to paint, 
 and I would finifti them in a Stone Colour ; firft look 
 over the Work, and take Notice whether the joints 
 be open in the Gates, or whether there be any large 
 Clefts in the Pofts ; for if thefe are not fecured, the 
 Wet will iniinuate itfelf into thofe Defeats, and make 
 the quicker Difpatch in rotting the whole Work : 
 Let the firft Bufinefs therefore be to flop up thefe 
 
 drawn before) but rather to take the Declination a-new, and accord- 
 ing thereunto make a new Draught of your Dial, and proceed in the 
 painting of it, in all Refpedts, as if it were a new Dial; for it is ob- 
 ferved, that Dials which were made many Years, as thirty or forty 
 Years ago (which we believe went true when firft made) will not give 
 the true Hour now, but go very.falfe, which is caufed by fome fecret 
 Motion of the Earth, not hitherto taken Notice of, which apparently 
 alters the Declination of all Planes whatfoever. If any one requires 
 more Satisfaction herein, let him repair to fome old Dial that was 
 made many Years ago, and according to the Diiiance of the Su bitile 
 from the Meridian, let him find out the Declination when frit mrde, as 
 any Man that is an Artift can eafiiy do ; then let him take the Declina- 
 tion of the Plane by the Sun, and he ihall find thefe two Declinations 
 to differ considerably, according to the Number of Years contained be- 
 tween your Ohfervation, and the Time of the Dial’s firft making : 
 So that a Plane that flood full South thirty, forty, or fixty Years ago, 
 ihall now decline fome Degrees either to the Eaft or Weft, according to 
 the Nature of the Earth’s Motion, which is that which is called the 
 Variation of the Comp of s , which is found by Gbfervation to differ much 
 in the fame Country, in the Space of fifty or fixty Years, as all fkiiled 
 in Aftronomy very well know. 
 
 Places 
 
Ch. XXVII. Of Painting Timber Work. 143 
 Places fmooth and even with Putty, which is made 
 of Whiting and Linfeed Oil, well beaten together 
 on the grinding Stone, or with a wooden Mallet, to 
 the Coniiftence of a very ftiff Dough, and with this 
 let all the Crannies, Clefts, and other Defefts be per- 
 fectly filled up, that it may be equal to the Surface 
 or Outflde of the Stuff; then proceed to the priming 
 of the W ork with fome Spanifh Brown well ground 
 and mixed very thin with Linfeed Oil; with this do 
 over the Work, giving it as much Oil as it will 
 drink up; this in about two Days will be indiffe- 
 rently dry: then, if you would do the Work fub- 
 ftantially, do it over again with the fame priming 
 Colour; when it is thoroughly dry, then take white 
 Lead well ground and tempered up, but not too 
 thin, for the Jliffer you work it, if it be not too 
 ftiff, the better Body will be laid on ; and the longer 
 it will laft : let the Colour be well rubbed on with 
 a large Briftle Brufh, and the whole Surface of the 
 Work be fo entirely covered, that there remain no 
 Crack nor Corner bare, which you may eafily do 
 by jobbing in the Point of a Briftle Brufh. : Let this 
 firft Colouring dry, and then go over it a feccnd 
 i Time , and if you pleafe a third alio : the Charge will 
 be a little more, but the Advantage will be great 
 in the Duration. This Courfe is fufficient for any 
 Kind of Timber Work that requires only a plain 
 Colour, whether you thus cover the Work v/ith a 
 Stone Colour, or elie with a Timber Colour in Um- 
 ber and White, or a Lead Colour with Indigo and 
 White, that with White being cheapeft of the three 
 by much : nay I have known fome lay over their 
 Work only with a Coat of Spanijh Brown, by 
 tempering it up more ftiff than was done for the two 
 firft Primings, which in fome Refpedts is cheapeft of 
 
144 Of Painting Timber Work. Ch. XXVII. 
 all, and preferves the Timber- perhaps as well as any. 
 Now he that is able to bring the Work thus far on, 
 has proceeded to the higheft Pitch of that vulgar 
 Painting, that aims at Prefervation beyond Beauty, 
 though fomething of Beauty is neceffarily included 
 In this alfo ; but this is not all, for he that is ar- 
 rived thus far, is in a fair Way to other Perfedlions 
 in the Art of Painting ; but for the Painting of 
 Wainfcot with its proper Shadows, and for imitating 
 Olive and Walnut Wood , Marbles , and fuch like, 
 thefe mult be attained to by ocular Infpedtion ; it 
 being impoffible to deliver the Manner of the Ope- 
 ration by Precept without Example ; and I am bold 
 to affirm, that a Man fhall gain more Knowledge 
 by one Day’s Experience, than by an Hundred fpent 
 to acquire it fome other Way. 
 
 I advife therefore all thofe that defire an Infight 
 into this Bufinefs, to be a little curious, if Oppor- 
 tunity offers, in obferving the Manner of a Painter’s 
 working, not only in grinding his Colours, but alfo 
 in laying them on, and working in them, in all thefe 
 obferving the Motion of his Hand, in the manage 
 of any Kind of Tool, and by this Means, with a 
 little imitation joined to the Diredlions here given, 
 I doubt not but in a fhort Time you may arrive to 
 great Proficiency in the Bufinefs of vulgar Painting. 
 
 Note, That if when you have made ufe of your 
 Colours, there be Occafion for a fmall Ceffation till 
 the Work be finiffied, in this Cafe it is befi: to co- 
 ver the Colours, if any remain in your Pots, with 
 Water , for that will prevent their drying, even in the 
 hotteft Time. 
 
 And for your Pencils, they ought, fo foon as you 
 have done working, to be well wafned out in clean 
 Linfeed Oil, and then in warm Soap-Suds ; for if 
 
 either 
 
Chap.XXVlI. Of Tainting Timber Work. 145 
 either Oil or Colours be once dried in the Brufh or 
 Pencil, it is fpoiled for ever. 
 
 It has been obferved, that Timber laid over with 
 White , when it has flood fome Time in the Wea- 
 ther, the Colour will crack and fir-ink up together, 
 juft as Pitch does, if laid on any Thing that Hands 
 in the Sun ; the Caufe of this is the Colour’s being- 
 laid on with too Jiiff a Body , for being wrought too 
 thick once, it will dry with a Skin on the Outfde , which 
 will keep the Infde moift and prevent its binding 
 firm, from whence thofe Cracks proceed. 
 
 5 Take notice , that if you fhall at any Time have 
 occafion to ufe either Brufhes that are very fmall, or 
 Pencils, as in many Cafes there will be occafion, you 
 ought then to difpofe of the Colours you ufe uporr 
 a Pallet , (which is a wooden Inftrument eafy to be 
 had at any Colour Shop ;) and there work and tem- 
 per them about with your Pencil, that the Pencil 
 may carry away the more Colour; for you are to 
 note> that if a Pencil be only dipt into a Pot of Co- 
 lour, it brings out no more with it than what hangs 
 on the Outfde , and that will work but a little Way, 
 whereas if you rub the Pencil about in the Colour, 
 on a Pallet, a good Quantity of Colour will be taken 
 up in the Body of the Pencil ; and befides all this, you 
 may work your Pencils better to a Point on a Pallet, 
 than you can do in a Pot ; the Point of a Pencil 
 being of greateft Ufe in divers Cafes, efpecially in 
 drawing of Lines, and all kind of Flourifhing. 
 
 I fhall flill be more particular under this Head of 
 Painting, becaufe Painters Work is very expenfive, 
 and is the only Part in Building wherein a Gentleman 
 can be affifting either by himfelf or Servants, it be- 
 ing almoft impoffible for any Gentleman to do either 
 fylafons, Bricklayers, Carpenters, or Smith’s Works, 
 
 L whereas 
 
j46 Of Painting Timber Work. Chap.XXVII 
 
 whereas it is now well known, that feveral Noble- 
 men and Gentlemen have by themfelves and Ser- 
 vants painted whole Houfes, without the Affiftance 
 or Diredion of a Painter, which when examined 
 by the belt Judges could not be diftinguifhed from 
 the Work of a profeffed Painter. 
 
 And that which conduces moft to this Pradiceis 
 the vaft Difproportion between the Prices which 
 Painters charge for their Work, and the Expence 
 which Gentlemen are at in this Method of Painting, 
 which at the utmoft doth not amount to one fourth 
 Part of the Painter’s Price, to prove which I {hall 
 fet down the Prices of Colours, and likewife fhew 
 what Number of Yards one Pound of each Colour 
 will paint. 
 
 Firf Primer ground in Oil, at q 6 s. per 112 lb. 
 weight, or 4 d.,per lb. One Pound of which will 
 paint 20 Jquare Yards. 
 
 Second Primer ground in Oil, at 3 bs. per 1 1 2//. 
 weight, or 4 d, per lb. One Pound of which will 
 paint 1 2 fquare Yards. 
 
 Befi White Lead ground in Oil, at 3 6s. per 1 iz lb. 
 or 4 d. per lb. One Pound of which, with two pen- 
 nyworth of Oil, will paint 8 fquare Yards, which is 
 three Farthings per Yard, for which Painters ufually 
 charge 4 d. per Yard. 
 
 j. Pearl Colour ground in Oil, at 4 d. and qd. per lb. 
 
 2. Lead Colour ground in Oil, at 4 d. and qd. per lb. 
 
 3. Cream Colour ground in Oil, at qd. and qd. per lb. 
 
 4. Stone Colour ground in Oil, at 4 d, and qd. per lb. 
 
 5. Wainfcot , or Oak Colour ground in Oil, at qd. and 
 
 qd. per lb. 
 
 N, B. One Pound of any of thefe five Colours, with 
 Oil, will paint eight fquare Yards , for which Painters 
 ufually charge 4d. per Yard. 
 
Chap.XXVTL Of Fainting Timber Work. 147 
 
 r. Chocolate Colour ground in Oil, at bd. per lb. 
 
 2. Mahogany Colour ground in Oil, at 6 d. per lb. 
 
 3. Cedar Colour ground in Oil, at bd. per lb. 
 
 <4, Walnut-tree Colour ground in Oil, at bd. per lb. 
 
 N.B. One Pound of any of thefe four Colours, with 
 Oil, will paint jo fquare Yards, for fame of which 
 Painters ufuaily charge 4d. per Yard, for others more. 
 
 1 . Gold Colour ground in Oil, at 8 d. per lb. 
 
 2. Olive Colour ground in Oil from 8 d. to 1 2d. per lb. 
 3 . Pea Colour ground in Oil from 8 d. to 1 2d. per lb. 
 
 4. Fine Sky Blue mixed with Prujjian Blue ground 
 in Oil from 8 d. to 1 2d. per lb. 
 
 5. Orange Colour ground in Oil, at 1 2d. per lb. 
 
 6 . Lemon Colour ground in Oil, at 1 2d. per lb. 
 
 7. Straw Colour ground in Oil, at 1 id per lb. 
 
 8. Pink Colour ground in Oil, at 1 id. per lb. 
 
 9. Blojfom Colour ground in Oil at, 12 d. per lb. 
 
 N. B. One Pound of any of thefe nine Colours, with 
 Oil, will paint eight fquare Yards, for fome of which 
 Painters ufuaily charge icd. or 1 2d. per Yard, for 
 others they will expedl more. 
 
 Fine deep Green ground in Oil, at is. bd. per lb. 
 
 N. B. One Pound of which, with Oil, will paint 1 a 
 fquare Yards, for which Painters ufuaily charge 1 zd, 
 per Yard. 
 
 Oils ufed in Houfe -painting are , 
 
 1 . Linfeed Oil, at 1 d. per Quart. 
 
 2. Turpentine Oil, at 1 id. per Quart. 
 
 3. Bef drying Oil, at 12 d. per Quart. 
 
 Painting 
 
v * J 
 
 148 Of Painting Timber Work. Chap.XXVI 
 Painting Brujhes of feveral Sizes from 2d. 
 
 6 d. each. 
 
 Putty at 4 d. per lb. 
 
 Double Size ufed by the Painters for priming ne 
 Work at 4 s. per Firkin, or 2 d. per Quart. 
 
 Single Size at 1 Sd. per Firkin, or id. per Quart 
 
 Thefe Colours, with all other Materials ufed 
 Painting, are prepared in the beft Manner, and fo 
 by Anderton Poole, Oil and Colourman, tl 
 Corner of Mark-Lane , Tower-Street , London. P 
 likewife gives printed Directions for the ufing of b 
 Colours, or procures Painters to work for Gentl 
 men by the Day, if required. 
 
 FINIS V 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
i 
 
SP ttifil 
 
 15172 - g./.